This is only a preview of the August 2024 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 45 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "The Styloclone":
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Dual Mini LED Dice":
Items relevant to "JMP007 - Ultrasonic Garage Door Notififier":
Items relevant to "JMP009 - Stroboscope and Tachometer":
Items relevant to "Beer Can Filler":
Items relevant to "180-230V DC Motor Speed Controller Part 2":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $12.50. |
AUGUST 2024
ISSN 1030-2662
08
The VERY BEST DIY Projects!
9 771030 266001
$
50* NZ $1390
12
INC GST
INC GST
The Styloclone
build your own instrument
Tracking & Locating Devices
How AirTags, emergency beacons & other trackers work
Dual Mini LED Dice
and much more in this month’s issue
ONLY
329
$
QM1493
Specialty meters combined
with multimeter functions.
HIGH VOLTAGE INSULATION
TESTING "MEGGER"
• MULTIMETER FUNCTIONS
• DIGITAL DISPLAY
• ANALOGUE BARGRAPH
• DATAHOLD
ONLY
TEST WIRING
INSULATION
119
$
TAKE EASY ENVIRONMENTAL
MEASUREMENTS
• MULTIMETER FUNCTIONS
• SOUND LEVEL
• LIGHT LEVEL
• INDOOR TEMP
• HUMIDITY
ONLY
179
$
QM1594
TEST ALMOST
ANYTHING!
QM1632
CONTACTLESS HIGH CURRENT
MEASUREMENTS
• MULTIMETER FUNCTIONS
• TRUE RMS
• AUTORANGING
• CAPACITANCE
• NON-CONTACT VOLTAGE
WAS $119
MEASURE
HIGH CURRENT
ALL MODELS FEATURE:
• AUTORANGING
• AUDIBLE CONTINUITY
• MAX / DATA HOLD
DETECT OPEN, SHORT OR
MISS-WIRED LAN CABLES
• MULTIMETER FUNCTIONS
• PINOUT INDICATOR
ONLY
119
$
XC5078
GREAT FOR
I.T. TECHNICIANS
Multi-function Meters
Saves you money and provides the convenience to
carry just one tester in your toolbox.
Specialty Function
Display (Count)
QM1632
QM1493
XC5078
QM1594
Clamp Meter
up to 600A AC/DC
Insulation Test
up to 4000MΩ
LAN Cable Test
with pinout indicator
Sound, Light,
Humidity & Temp
4000
4000
2000
4000
Security Category
Cat III 600V
Cat III 1000V
Cat III 600V/Cat II 1000V
Cat IV 600V/Cat III 1000V
Voltage
600V AC/DC
750V AC / 1000V DC
600V AC / 600V DC
600V AC / 600V DC
40MΩ
4000MΩ
20MΩ
True RMS
•
Current
600A AC/DC
Capacitance
100mF
Resistance
Frequency
•
200mA AC/DC
10A AC/DC
10MHz
Temperature
1000°C
Non Contact Voltage
•
Relative Measurement
•
40MΩ
100µF
10MHz
750°C
•
•
•
Explore our great range of multimeters, in stock on our
website, or at over 115 stores or 134 resellers nationwide.
•
www.jaycar.com.au
1800 022 888
Prices correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
Contents
Vol.37, No.08
August 2024
12 Tracking and Locating Devices
Modern tech makes it easy to track the location of people and property.
These trackers can be used for locating children, pets or important
belongings over potentially long distances.
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
Location tracking
Electronics Manufacturing
in Australia Starting on page 38
38 Electronics Manufacturing in Oz
Local electronics manufacturing has a long history in Australia, from
garages to large factories. These companies included Astor, AWA, EMI, Pye,
Philips and many more from the 1920s to 1970s.
Part 1 by Kevin Poulter
Historical feature
64 Altium Designer 24
The newest yearly release of Altium is here, so lets go over what has been
added. We thought 3D-MID is an interesting new feature, which allows
tracks and components to be placed on 3D objects.
Review by Tim Blythman
EDA software
27 The Styloclone
Our Styloclone is a reinvention of the classic Stylophone musical
instrument. It is a great introduction to both music & electronics. The whole
project fits on a single board and can be mounted in a case or freeform.
By Phil Prosser
Musical instrument project
44 Dual Mini LED Dice
Combining the old and new is this pocket-sized project which uses LEDs to
display two six-sided dice. It runs from a coin cell and is controlled either by
pressing a button or shaking it.
By Nicholas Vinen
Game project
55 Jaycar-sponsored Mini Projects
This month, we have an ultrasonic garage door notifier which send updates
via email, and can also tell you if there’s a car parked in the garage. Plus a
stroboscope & tachometer project to measure rotation speed.
By Tim Blythman
Mini projects
70 Beer Can Filler
This semi-automatic can filler is a great tool for a home brewer, and it’s not
just limited to beer! You can build it in an afternoon for a fraction of the cost
of a commercial product.
By Brandon Speedie
Brewing project
78 180-230V DC Motor Speed Controller
This Speed Controller is intended for high-voltage DC motors like those in
lathes, treadmills, conveyor belts and more. This article covers the assembly,
testing and setup of the Controller.
Part 2 by John Clarke
Motor speed control project
Altium
Designer 24
REVIEW, PAGE 64
Beer Can
Filler
Project on page 70
2
Editorial Viewpoint
5
Mailbag
61
Circuit Notebook
87
Vintage Radio
92
Serviceman’s Log
98
Online Shop
100
Ask Silicon Chip
103
Market Centre
104
Advertising Index
104
Notes & Errata
1. Reading a BCD switch with one pin
2. Op amp-based guitar equaliser
3. Model railway tunnel timer
HMV 42-71 receiver by Marcus Chick
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Editorial Viewpoint
Bringing Practical Electronics (PE)
magazine into the fold
Publisher/Editor
Nicholas Vinen
Technical Editor
John Clarke – B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Jim Rowe – B.A., B.Sc.
Bao Smith – B.Sc.
Tim Blythman – B.E., B.Sc.
Advertising Enquiries
(02) 9939 3295
adverts<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Allan Linton-Smith
Dave Thompson
David Maddison – B.App.Sc. (Hons 1),
PhD, Grad.Dip.Entr.Innov.
Geoff Graham
Associate Professor Graham Parslow
Dr Hugo Holden – B.H.B, MB.ChB.,
FRANZCO
Ian Batty – M.Ed.
Phil Prosser – B.Sc., B.E.(Elec.)
Cartoonist
Louis Decrevel
loueee.com
Founding Editor (retired)
Leo Simpson – B.Bus., FAICD
Silicon Chip is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 626 922 870. ABN 20
880 526 923. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Subscription rates (Australia only)
6 issues (6 months): $70
12 issues (1 year):
$127.50
24 issues (2 years):
$240
Online subscription (Worldwide)
6 issues (6 months): $52.50
12 issues (1 year):
$100
24 issues (2 years):
$190
For overseas rates, see our website or
email silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
* recommended & maximum price only
Editorial office: Unit 1 (up ramp), 234
Harbord Rd, Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 194,
Matraville, NSW 2036.
Phone: (02) 9939 3295.
ISSN: 1030-2662
Printing and Distribution:
You might have seen Practical Electronics magazine
at the newsagent before. Based in the UK, it was
established in 1964. Since the early 2000s, they have
been licensing some of our content (mainly projects)
for their magazine, alongside their locally-developed
content.
The owner of the current publisher, Electron
Publishing, is now retiring and shutting down his business. Rather than
ending the magazine’s 60-year run, we have agreed to take it over. The move
made sense since PE already uses quite a bit of Silicon Chip content.
They will remain essentially separate magazines, with PE continuing to
have a significant amount of content originating from authors in the UK and
Europe. PE will still republish our content because it has few native project
article submissions.
This should not affect Silicon Chip, except that we may occasionally elect
to publish articles from PE authors that we think are particularly good and
suitable for our readers. This is unlikely to replace any of our content (as we
still have plenty!) but might augment it.
For example, if we have enough articles for a 104-page issue, we might
decide to add roughly eight pages of content from PE and turn it into a 112page issue. The biggest challenge in doing that is that many articles in PE are
long-running series, making it difficult to just occasionally pick one to use.
Even though this change is not likely to have much impact on Silicon Chip
readers, I thought they would still like to be made aware of it.
We have been having difficulty selling items to customers in the UK due to
changes to their VAT (value-added tax) laws that occurred a couple of years
ago (post-Brexit). We’re hoping to be able to solve that soon; while we do
not have any physical UK presence, the fact that we’re doing some business
there now might allow us to overcome that unfortunate problem.
Minor price adjustments
I had hoped to avoid increasing any prices this year. However, we’re still
under pressure to do so. Australia Post recently increased their charges for
mailing magazines quite substantially (letter rates went up 25% less than a
year after the last price increase!)
Still, I know that many people are under financial pressure due to the crazy
cost-of-living expenses we are now suffering, so we can’t increase our prices
too much and risk making the magazine unaffordable.
We will only increase the cost of print and combined subscriptions by a
small amount to partially cover the higher postage costs. The new prices are
shown below. A 12-month print or combined subscription only increases by
$2.50 per year, while six-month subscription prices remain the same (see
the sidebar). If you renew before October 1st, you can take advantage of the
existing, slightly lower prices.
Online subscription prices are not changing. However, we will be rounding
up the print magazine’s cover price to $13 starting with the October issue
this year, to compensate for inflation.
New Prices Print (AU)
Combined (AU)
Print (NZ)
Combined (NZ)
12 months $130
$150
$155
$175
24 months $245
$280
$290
$325
Prices from October 1st, 2024; all prices are listed in Australian dollars (AUD).
by Nicholas Vinen
24-26 Lilian Fowler Pl, Marrickville 2204
2
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
The key to unrestricted access
Explore millions of components for your next design
While you can’t set foot on this protected aviary sanctuary,
you can find refuge in the mouser.com tent, where you have
access to millions of electronic components, from well over
a thousand leading brands engineers know and trust.
Let your designs take flight.
au.mouser.com
03 9253 9999 | australia<at>mouser.com
MAILBAG
your feedback
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd has the right to edit, reproduce in electronic form, and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions to “Ask Silicon Chip”, “Circuit Notebook” and “Serviceman’s Log”.
Avoiding dodgy power boards
Your Editorial Viewpoint regarding cheap extension leads
in the June 2024 issue is spot on. My experience testing
and tagging for a major aged care provider for ten years
really opened my eyes.
We never allowed double adaptors, both kinds, due to
their flimsy fitting in power outlets when weighed down
with leads, so we insisted on power boards. I’ve lost count
of the enormous number of the cheaper power boards I’ve
failed. Part of my tests was to wiggle the plugs in all the
sockets; any break in contact was a failure, and the board
was rejected.
I discovered early on, after operating on and investigating the odd board that melted, that the cheaper boards
seem to use a worse grade of brass for their socket contacts.
The better-known power board brands use a brass alloy
that maintains its tension and consequently, the pressure
on the contacts of the plugs. As a result, the boards last a
very long time.
The cheaper brands seem to use cheaper brass for their
socket contacts, which eventually lose their tension, causing the plug to develop a loose fitting within the socket.
They eventually arc and melt and/or catch on fire. Hence,
my wiggling of the plug during the test.
After sharing my experience with new residents, I found
that the cheaper boards had mostly disappeared. Whatever
happened to Aussie standards?
Jacob Westerhoff, Seaford Rise, SA.
Outdoor power points must be the right type
The June 2024 editorial about the cheap extension cord
that caught fire reminded me that the outside power point
used for our church coffee corner recently caught fire and
was destroyed. As shown in the photo below, the wall
was covered with black soot. I asked for it to be replaced,
and it was.
The indoor-style
powerpoint that
was installed
outdoors.
The original indoor-style power point was replaced with
another good-quality indoor power point rather than a
weatherproof IP53-rated outside type. I wonder how long
the new one will last before it also catches fire!
John Rajca, Mount Kuring-gai, NSW.
Comment: it baffles us that an electrician would install an
indoor power point in a location exposed to the weather.
Outdoor power points are not that expensive! Even if they
don’t catch fire, using an indoor power point in such a location risks tripping the RCD when wind-driven rain enters
it and causes Earth leakage current to flow.
Colour Maximite kit giveaway
I want to give away an Altronics kit for the original
Colour Maximite (September & October 2012; siliconchip.
au/Series/22). It is free to a good home including postage
(within Australia only).
Ric Mabury, Melville, WA.
Comment: please email us if you are interested in this kit.
It is likely to go fast.
Agreement on the cause of extension cord failure
Regarding your June 2024 editorial, I don’t think the
fault is entirely with the cord. It was probably due to the
way it was folded. See the photo below of what happens
when our cleaner folds up the cord on our steam mop! I
also have a very old neoprene power cord (70 years old)
that is still in good order.
Also, regarding the
first repair story in the
Serviceman’s Log column in that issue, on
capacitor problems in
washing machines, he
wrote, “The board AC
power is fed from a
110V AC 60Hz transformer” using an external 240V to 110V stepdown transformer.
That is a big no-no!
60Hz transformers have
a lot less iron than 50Hz
transformers. The result
would be the core being
partly saturated constantly, causing excess
Right: the twisted power cable on this steam
mop is due to it being rolled up too tight.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 5
heating and a distorted waveform. I think that could have
been the real fault in the first place.
John Chappell, Pelican Waters, Qld.
If Richard Palmer would like a good home for his 1963
RTV&H CRO, count me in.
Dean Cooper, Macquarie Park, NSW.
Valve-based CRT oscilloscopes had sharp traces
Praise for Blackmagic Design video equipment
I’ve genuinely been enjoying reading Silicon Chip and
have been spreading the word to all my jaded engineering
mates who haven’t touched a piece of hardware for years.
A recent experience with your sales team was well executed too. I had a bad display on a Coin Cell Emulator kit
I’d purchased, and they replaced it for me free.
I know not all readers are keen on historical articles,
and to be honest, old broadcast-band radios aren’t my
thing either. Still, I loved Ian Batty’s article on Jamieson
‘Jim’ Rowe’s Fully Calibrated Oscilloscope from RTV&H,
1963 (May 2024; siliconchip.au/Article/16259). What a
great design!
Ian didn’t fully put things in perspective though. Commercial ‘scopes were expensive. Indeed, everything other
than the essentials for life were expensive in relative terms.
A Tektronix 310 (4MHz single-trace three-inch [76mm]
CRO), for example, sold for US$595 when it was released
in 1955. That’s $10,500 in today’s money!
In the June issue, Richard Palmer points out that his
1963 RTV&H scope kit cost just over AU$100. If he purchased it in 1966 after the transition to decimal currency,
that would be $1558 today.
Still not cheap! Today’s young electronics adventurers
are incredibly lucky to have such a plethora of low-cost
test equipment available to them.
I have attached some photos with some 75% EBU bars
that show just how good professional scopes of the era
were. After all, six years later they helped put a couple of
guys on the moon and gave us real-time images globally.
I was very happy for you to see the Blackmagic Design ad
in the latest edition of Silicon Chip. The number of rabbit
holes you can now go down to explore the world of professional video & audio is almost limitless.
When I started taking my own business more seriously,
one of my first investments was a Blackmagic Design 4K
Pocket Cinema Camera and an ATEM Mini Pro for more
professional Teams meeting use. These exposed me to the
world of LUTs, very large file formats, SDI etc.
Although I would like to have the means to buy the entire
BMD catalog to hang on my wall, I have only upgraded my
camera recently to the Micro Studio Camera 4K G2, as it
obscures less of my screen when in front of me.
I often get comments on the clarity and quality of the
image in a video call – often from wealthy people still using
their dodgy laptop webcam!
BMD being an Australian company is a bonus. Their website’s breakdown of product categories reads like a multiyear “What is” article series.
I think their most interesting products are for the remote
control and monitoring of broadcast cameras. Being able to
set the focus, colour balance, focal depth etc from a desktop app via the network through the Mini Pro and HDMI
to the cameras is pretty cool; many planets have to align
to make it work as well as the BMD gear does.
Finally, I would just like to say that I preferred when the
Jaycar ads were published as a block rather than individually. That made it easier to look through the ads to see if
there was anything I was interested in.
Chris S., Brisbane, Qld.
Keeping rodents away from tasty car wiring
I read L. Ralph Barraclough’s cautionary warning on
fake pest repellers (April 2024, Mailbag, p8). He has my
sympathy; rats and mice are an absolute curse. In a post-
nuclear-armageddon scenario, my money’s on the rodents!
Although he didn’t mention it, these vermin are quite
capable of wrecking your vehicle – they cost me one already!
The fault was not necessarily the rodent(s) but rather my
tardiness in implementing the solution I’d been meaning
to get around to “one of these days...”
The solution is simple, really; I just laid out a section of
chicken-wire roofing mesh on the garage floor where I park
the car and hooked it up to an electric fence driver... problem solved! I have not had a single problem with vermin
damage ever since. It’s a concrete floor, so as long as it’s
dry, it makes little noticeable difference to the fence ‘Zap’.
If your parking space is bare earth, you might want to
lay the mesh down onto a sheet of PVC/polythene cut
slightly larger than the perimeter of the mesh. At the
extremely high voltages that most electric fences operate
at, there is so much leakage current they’ll still get a powerful enough zap.
This solution isn’t just for rural dwellers, it’s also for city
slickers. Electric fence units are available so cheaply off of
the likes of AliExpress, Alibaba etc you’d need your head
examined not to. They cost way less than losing your car
insurance no-claims bonus! Mine cost about $85.
6
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Introducing ATEM Mini Pro
The compact television studio that lets you
create presentation videos and live streams!
Now you don’t need to use a webcam for important presentations
or workshops. ATEM Mini is a tiny video switcher that’s similar to
the professional gear broadcasters use to create television shows!
Simply plug in multiple cameras and a computer for your slides,
then cut between them at the push of a button! It even has a built
in streaming engine for live streaming to YouTube!
Live Stream to a Global Audience!
Easy to Learn and Use!
Includes Free ATEM Software Control Panel
There’s never been a solution that’s professional but also easy to use. Simply press
ATEM Mini is a full broadcast television switcher, so it has hidden power that’s
any of the input buttons on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can
unlocked using the free ATEM Software Control app. This means if you want to
select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such
go further, you can start using features such as chroma keying for green screens,
as dip to color, DVE squeeze and DVE push. You can even add a DVE for picture
media players for graphics and the multiview for monitoring all cameras on a
in picture effects with customized graphics.
single monitor. There’s even a professional audio mixer!
Use Any Software that Supports a USB Webcam!
You can use any video software with ATEM Mini Pro because the USB connection
will emulate a webcam! That guarantees full compatibility with any video software
and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Imagine giving a presentation on your
latest research from a laboratory to software such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams,
ATEM Mini Pro has a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming to
a global audience! That means you can live stream lectures or educational
workshops direct to scientists all over the world in better video quality with
smoother motion. Streaming uses the Ethernet connection to the internet, or
you can even connect a smartphone to use mobile data!
ATEM Mini Pro
$495
Skype or WebEx!
www.blackmagicdesign.com/au
Learn More!
As far as rodent infestation inside the house is concerned,
about 35 years ago, ETI published an electric shocker
construction project intended for mice designed by the
supremely talented Ian Thomas.
Andre Rousseau, Auckland, New Zealand.
More on 3.5-inch and 4-inch touchscreens with Micromite
In response to the letter published in Ask Silicon Chip,
June 2024, titled “Unable to Calibrate ILI9488 Display”, the
3.5-inch TFT ILI9488 display does work with the Micromite
V5.05.05 firmware and the driver supplied with it. Installation details are in the Micromite manual. In my experience, the touch panel calibrates normally.
However, the 4-inch IPS ILI9488 screen requires a modified driver as the colours are inverted. Also, the touch foil
is reversed. A new universal ILI9488 diver is available on
the Back Shed Forum here: siliconchip.au/link/abwe
Importantly, the 4-inch IPS ILI9488 has no 3.3V regulator fitted (U1). Instead, it is bypassed by a link (R0), so it
must only be supplied with 3.3V.
Phil Petschel, Kinglake, Vic.
The details of how thermocouples work
Reading the June 2024 Mailbag, there seems to be a bit
of confusion about how a thermocouple works. I will try
to explain the facts as best as I can. For the record, I am an
instrument engineer and used thermocouples for over 30
years. In my courses at RMIT on instrument technology, the
electronics was not taught in great detail. We only learned
the basic principles.
In practice, we just use standard tables and select thermocouples based on the application. My references are:
1. Instrument Technology Vol.1 by E. B. Jones, 2nd Ed.
1965, chapter 3.1.3
2. Process Instruments and Controls Handbook by
Douglas M. Considine, 3rd Ed. 1985 (ISBN 0-07012436-1), chapter 2.17
The thermocouple effect was first discovered by Volta
and rediscovered by Seebeck in 1821. He discovered the
existence of thermoelectric currents while observing electromagnetic effects associated with bismuth-copper and
bismuth-antimony circuits.
This experiment showed that a closed circuit of two
dissimilar metals exposed to different temperatures generated a new thermal electromotive force, creating a current flow. Under zero current conditions, this Seebeck
voltage depends on the temperature difference and the
metals involved.
He also arranged 35 metals in order of their thermoelectric properties (25 are listed in reference 1), with current
flowing from the first to second at the hot junction. Ni, Pt,
Cu, Pb, Au, W and Fe are included in the list.
In 1834, Peltier discovered that when a current flows
across the junction of two metals, heat is absorbed or liberated depending on the direction. This is not the same
as the Joule heating effect. The junction was found to be
the source of the EMF; the direction and value depend on
the metal and the temperature difference between hot and
cold junctions.
In 1856, Thomson (later Lord Kelvin) found that heat is
liberated when current flows from a hot part of a wire to
a cold part. It is absorbed if current flows in the opposite
direction. This is known as the Thomson effect, defined
8
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 9
as the change in the heat content of a single conductor of
unit cross section when a unit of electricity flows through
it along a specific temperature gradient. It also gives rise
to an EMF.
The Seebeck EMF is the sum of the Peltier & Thomson
EMFs and thus proves that the thermocouple is working
due to two junctions (hot and cold) of dissimilar metals.
The Thomson effect also gives rise to the neutral temperature for the thermocouple (TC). For the B type, it is at
20°C, while for Cu-Fe, it is about 275°C. The Cu-Fe thermocouple is not one of the ANSI types used in industry.
The neutral temperature occurs where the lines cross in
the thermocouple-electric diagram for the metals concerned
and is seen where the EMF reverses the gradient (peak EMF
is reached) as the temperature rises further.
The general formula for the thermocouple EMF is EMF
= a + b × (T2 − T1) + c × (T22 − T12), where T2 > T1. Constants a, b & c are determined by the TC metals using three
reference temperatures.
Regarding the W (tungsten) based thermocouples mentioned in the June issue, three variants are listed (types G,
C and D) but are not part of the ANSI set. They are used
only above 1200°C and must be in a vacuum, hydrogen or
other inert gas for protection. They were discovered before
1957 because they were already listed in the first edition
of reference #2.
The gold thermocouple I found was only used inside a
dual-beam IR spectrophotometer. It was inside a sealed TC
enclosure behind an IR transparent window (not glass). The
spectral response of the TC would be flatter, with a greater
range than modern IR photodiodes.
The current ANSI thermocouples available, as of 1983,
are types S, R, B, J, K, T, E and N. I hope this clarifies that
the thermocouple works because of the junction of two
dissimilar metals.
Wolf-Dieter Kuenne, Bayswater, Vic.
More on thermocouples
The letter on thermocouples in the June 2024 issue got
me thinking a bit more about how these devices function.
I believe many of your readers will also be interested in an
10
Silicon Chip
expanded explanation. I found a well-written article online
by an organisation called Creative Design Network. I have
summarised it as follows.
In the 1800s, it was discovered that heating one end of a
piece of metal would create a measurable voltage difference
due to the valence electrons in the metal atoms becoming
agitated and spaced out when the heat was applied. That
allowed these valence electrons to migrate to the cooler
end of the metal. Since electrons are lost at the heated end,
a positive charge results, while at the cooler end, a negative charge occurs.
A thermocouple is formed by two wires electrically joined
at the end to be heated. An equal charge is developed if the
two wires are of the same metal, giving a net zero potential
across the cool ends.
However, if the metals differ, the valence electrons will
disperse differently. For example, if wire “A” has an electrical charge difference of 0 hot and -5 cold whilst wire
“B” has 0 hot and -3 cold, the net difference between wires
“A” and “B” will be (-5) − (-3) = -2. This is called the “Seebeck Effect”.
The cool ends of the wires need to be at the same temperature. The full article with illustrations can be found
at www.cdn-inc.com/thermocouples
Terry Ives, Penguin, Tas.
New Blue Mountains amateur TV repeater wanted
Sydney has had an amateur television repeater in the Blue
Mountains since the early 1980s, but the site was lost just
over a year ago. Sending and receiving amateur TV (ATV)
signals is very challenging as the range of wideband signals
is limited, and Sydney’s hilly terrain makes it difficult or
impossible to exchange TV pictures.
An ATV repeater makes it much easier to get started, as
it transmits a signal using the same standard used by terrestrial broadcast stations so that it can be picked up on
various readily available receivers.
Like many voice repeaters, an ATV repeater provides a
focal point. It allows a weekly net to occur that otherwise
would be impossible due to direct signal paths not existing between participants.
ATV is one of the few activities that requires home construction, as no commercial equipment is available for
digital ATV. This encourages skill-building in hardware
and software, video and audio processing and using RF
and antennas. This is the challenge that ATV operators
enjoy, as opposed to simply streaming video on the internet, which anyone can do.
An ATV repeater can also transmit on-demand educational videos to benefit all amateurs who can receive them.
As an ATV repeater encourages activity on 70cm and 23cm,
the wideband ATV signals make good use of the available
spectrum, helping to justify the allocations for amateur
radio (use it or lose it!).
Sydney is now lagging well behind other major cities
which have ATV repeaters. We have the equipment and
are ready to provide the technical support to any club,
group or organisation that could provide an elevated site,
ideally on the Sydney metropolitan edge due to directional
antenna requirements. Please consider our request; don’t
let Sydney fall behind!
John O’Shea, on behalf of the Sydney ATV Group,
Revesby, NSW.
SC
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
The world’s first
desktop waterjet
CNC - WATERJET CUTTING
WAZER is the first desktop water jet that cuts any hard or soft material with digital precision. The high velocity jet uses a combination of high pressure water and
abrasive particles to cut through the work piece. With WAZER, we’re bringing this advanced technology to any size workshop.
• Cuts Any Material: Metal, Stone, Glass, Ceramic, Composite,Plastic, Rubber & Foam
• Compact size fits in any work space
• Brings professional-grade fabrication into any workshop
• Ideal for on demand cutting of custom parts
• In-house capabilities reduces costly outsourcing
• Great for prototyping, manufacturing, fine art, & instruction
• Simple set up. Just connect to standard electricity, water & drain
• Cold cutting. No heat. No fumes. No need for ventilation
• Quickly go from design to cutting. Takes any DXF or SVG file
• Assembled in the USA
Wazer Specifications
Cutting Table Capacity
305 x 460mm
X Axis Travel
305mm
Y Axis Travel
460mm
Z Axis Travel
Manual
Rapid Traverse (X & Y Axis)
1500m/mm
Absolute Positioning Accuracy
0.08mm
Max Pump Pressure
4600psi
Max Water Usage
1.9L/min
CNC System
WAZER
Nesting Software
Go from design to cutting, fast
WAZER’s web-based software WAM is fast and easy. Load your design file into WAM and
prepare your cut in minutes. There is no need for a dedicated PC, WAM is compatible with
Chrome, Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox web browsers.
TILES
Drawing File
.dxf, .svg
Garnet Delivery
150g/min
Garnet Hopper Capacity
13.5kg
Power
Material
WAZER can cut through sheets of any material including metal, stone, glass, ceramic,
composites, plastic, rubber, and foam. For a list of example materials please visit our website
2 x 240VAC 10amp plugs
Order Code
PRICE
PRICE
COPPER
Desktop W08720
Standup W08720S
$14,650
$16,250
$16,115
$17,875
ex GST
inc GST
GLASS
STEEL
standup.
desktop.
View and purchase these items online: www.machineryhouse.com.au/SIC2407
siliconchip.com.au
ALUMINIUM
SYDNEY
(02) 9890 9111
BRISBANE
(07) 3715 2200
Australia's electronics
magazine
1/2 Windsor Rd,
625 Boundary Rd,
Northmead
Coopers Plains
Specifications and prices are subject to change without notification. All prices include GST and vild until 29.08.24
NOW OPEN
MELBOURNE
PERTH
(03) 9212 4422
(08) 9373 9999
4 Abbotts Rd,
Dandenong
Kewdale
ADELAIDE
(08) 9373 9969
August
2024 11
Unit 11/20 Cheltenham
11 Valentine
St,
Parade
Woodville SA 5011
06_SC_290724
Now cut anything
with digital precision
using high-pressure water
WAZER WAM
Tracking & Locating Devices
Apple AirTags, Car Keys and more
Source image: https://unsplash.com/photos/a-cell-phone-sitting-on-top-of-a-moss-covered-ground-ReQq6kUYjLI
Modern technology has made it relatively easy to track the location of
people or property for safety, security or other purposes. Trackers can
be used to locate children, pets, your mobile phone, computer, baggage,
products in transit, machinery, cars, boats, planes or just about any other
movable object.
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
T
racking devices operate over various distances, from short to long
ranges. Some can provide an absolute
position fix, such as latitude and longitude coordinates, while others give
a relative position, such as an approximate distance and direction from your
current location.
Modern GPS/GNSS receivers are
small enough and have low enough
power consumption to make them
practical for use in portable devices.
More recent technologies used for
tracking include ‘multilateration’
(triangulation) with radio beams and
‘ultra-wideband’ (UWB) chips.
This article will cover tracking
12
Silicon Chip
techniques, technologies and methods
and then give examples of common or
interesting tracking devices.
As mentioned in our June 2024 article on Privacy Phones (siliconchip.au/
Article/16280), it is generally possible
for anyone carrying a mobile phone
to be tracked even without their permission.
Tracking techniques and
technologies
Satellite positioning systems,
including GPS, Galileo, BeiDou and
GLONASS, are collectively known
as GNSS (global navigation satellite
systems). Many trackers will locate
Australia's electronics magazine
themselves using GNSS and then
transmit that location via WiFi, Bluetooth, 4G/5G or radio.
Non-GNSS tracking devices typically emit a radio signal, either via
Bluetooth, UWB or WiFi, which is
then processed to extract positional
data such as via one of the techniques
described below: AoA, Multilateration, NFER, ToA, TdoA or ToF. One
advantage of those systems is that they
can work in places where GNSS signals are too weak or blocked, such as
indoors or underground.
Angle of arrival (AoA)
The direction of a transmitter can
siliconchip.com.au
be determined by measuring the AoA
of a radio signal using an antenna
array and measuring the phase shift
of a received signal between each of
multiple antennas – see Fig.1. A second angle measurement from a second
antenna array allows the location to be
established at the intersection of the
two directional vectors.
Multilateration (see below) needs
a minimum of three sensors, while
this technique requires two. However,
using more sensors generally provides
better accuracy.
Bluetooth
This is a popular short-range wireless communications protocol for
functions such as connecting wireless headsets to a phone or computer,
connecting a phone to a car, printing,
remote control etc. It has other applications, including locating and tracking objects. Its operating range extends
to about 10m for basic Bluetooth and
up to about 240m for Bluetooth 5.3
(depending on the amount of clutter).
Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) beacons are commonly used for tracking.
One method of localisation for these
beacons is multilateration, using three
fixed beacons or ‘anchors’ to measure
the distance to a movable device.
Even with a single device, the distance can be roughly determined by
measuring signal strength. A Bluetooth Distance Measurement API uses
the Bluetooth RSSI (Received Signal
Strength Indicator); the direction can
be determined using antennas on multiple devices.
Fig.1: the angle-of-arrival locating method using
an antenna array, such as a WiFi router with
multiple antennas. A second router is needed
to establish the position (one just gives you an
angle).
Fig.2: the principle of multilateration using
three fixed devices at the centre of circles with
radiuses r1, r2 and r3; the tracked device is at
the point (x,y).
Multilateration
This is also known as hyperbolic
positioning or trilateration; it is the
process of determining the position
of an object by measuring the distance between three or more known
locations and one unknown location
– see Fig.2. The distance may be established by the time difference of arrival
(TdoA) of radio signals, relative signal
strength or other means.
Near-field electromagnetic ranging
Near-field electromagnetic ranging
(NFER) is an emerging ranging technique not yet commonly used for tracking. A radio transmission’s ‘near field’
is the electromagnetic field close to the
antenna (see Fig.3). Its properties differ
from the electromagnetic field further
away, the ‘far field’.
Fig.3: radio transmissions differ in how they behave in ‘near fields’ (close
to the transmitter) & ‘far fields’ (further away). Original author: Goran M
Djuknic
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 13
Close to a small antenna or emitter,
in the near field, the electric (E) and
magnetic (H) components of an electromagnetic (EM) wave are up to 90°
out of phase. In the far field, the pattern
of electromagnetic radiation is more
conventional. The phase difference
between the EM wave’s electric and
magnetic field components in the far
field is zero; they are in phase.
Between those two extremes, the
phase difference is less than 90°, so
if the phase difference is measured, it
can indicate distance. NFER uses frequencies below about 30MHz.
As an example, for a 1MHz signal,
Fig.4: the phase versus range relationships near an electric dipole. The phase
angle (labelled “Phase Delta”) can be used to determine the distance in terms of
wavelength. Original source: www.researchgate.net/publication/276919686
Fig.5: indoor WiFi positioning in an office environment using three routers
with Received Signal Strength Indicators (RSSI). Original source: https://
github.com/sankalpchauhan-me/
IndoorPositioning
Fig.6: how time-of-flight (ToF) is calculated in principle. δ is the delay in
response from the target device, T_P is the signal propagation time, T_ACK
is the time needed for acknowledgement and the ToF used in the calculated
distance is T_MEASURED. Original source: https://w.wiki/AMEk
14
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
the phase difference between the electric and magnetic field varies from
75° to 25° over the more linear region
between 30m and 60m from the source
(see Fig.4). With a delta of 50° over
30m, if the phase different were measured with a 1° accuracy, that would
give a resolution of 1/50th of 30m, ie,
around 60cm.
NFER operates within about half a
wavelength of the signal used. A 1MHz
signal has a wavelength of 300m, so
a range up to about 150m could be
measured.
NFER is suitable for indoor use
where GPS signals can’t be received
(for example). One disadvantage
is that, due to the low frequencies
required, efficient antennas are large.
Possible solutions include fractal
antennas, loop antennas or ferrite rod
antennas (as used in small radios).
US patent 2014/0062792A1
describes a way to use commercial
AM broadcast signals as ‘signals of
opportunity’ for NFER. Usually, they
will be in the far field. Still, when
such signals interact with structures
like power lines, they can resonate
within them, introducing near-field
components as though that structure
was an emitting antenna and enabling
the signal to be used for NFER.
For more on near fields and far
fields, see these videos:
● “EEVblog #1273 - EMC Near Field
vs Far Field Explained” (https://youtu.
be/lYmfVMWbIHQ)
● “EEVblog #1178 - Build a $10
DIY EMC Probe” (https://youtu.
be/2xy3Hm1_ZqI)
● “#234: Basics of Near Field RF
Probes | E-Field & H-Field | How-to
use” (https://youtu.be/ctynv2klT6Q)
RSSI Fingerprinting
Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) Fingerprinting is a positioning method using WiFi where a
database is created and constantly
updated to record the locations and
signal strengths of many WiFi access
points from various known positions.
This enables an unknown location to
be quickly determined by comparing
the WiFi signal strengths to signatures
in the database, with a median accuracy of 0.6m.
RSSI Multilateration
Received Signal Strength Indicator Multilateration uses the relative
strengths of signals as a proxy for the
siliconchip.com.au
distance between devices. An example
of this method applied to WiFi routers
is shown in Fig.5.
Time of arrival (ToA)
While not tracking techniques, ToA
& TDoA (time difference of arrival) are
used in other techniques described
here. ToA is defined as the absolute
time when a radio signal emanating
from a transmitter reaches a remote
receiver. TDoA is the difference
between ToAs.
Time of flight (ToF)
Time of flight (ToF) is a WiFi-based
position measurement technique,
although the principle can be applied
to other types of signals. It involves
measuring the time taken for a radio
signal to travel (at the speed of light)
between a measuring station (in this
case, a WiFi access point) and a target device (eg, a smartphone) – see
Fig.6. The time taken to return is also
measured, allowing for a delay due to
response time.
The distance between devices can
be calculated, and in conjunction
with the time taken to other measuring stations, the location can be
determined. The system is accurate,
but devices must be synchronised to
a master clock.
Ultra-wideband (UWB)
UWB was briefly mentioned in our
June 2024 article on Privacy Phones
(siliconchip.au/Article/16280). This
technology is incorporated into various devices, including some iPhones
and certain Samsung and Google Pixel
model phones (more on that later).
UWB is a short-range radio protocol that operates between 3.1GHz and
10.4GHz. Radio energy is sent over a
very wide bandwidth, around 500MHz
or more, to allow the transmission of
a relatively large amount of energy
without exceeding regulatory limits
for certain frequency bands or causing
interference (see Fig.7). UWB utilises
extremely short pulses of one or two
nanoseconds.
Positioning using UWB is capable
of very high accuracy, with errors
as little as 10-50cm or even down to
centimetre-level accuracy (see “Athlete trackers” below).
UWB positioning or tracking systems ideally utilise three fixed receivers or anchors. Techniques such as
ToA, ToF or TDoA are used to establish
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: the frequency range and spectral power density of UWB compared with
other radio technologies. Source: www.rtsmartdata.com/technology/uwb
Fig.8: one variation of the Pulse Position Modulation (PPM) scheme used in UWB
communications. Source: www.rescueswag.com.au/products/rescueme-plb1
the distance between the UWB tag or
device and the receivers; the position
of the receiver is then established by
multilateration.
Unlike conventional radio, in which
information is transmitted via variations in frequency, phase or power,
with UWB, information is encoded
as pulses with specific time shifts
in a scheme known as Pulse Position Modulation (PPM) – see Fig.8.
UWB can transmit data at a high rate
(~100Mbit/s), with transmissions over
1Gbit/s having been demonstrated.
UWB is relatively energy-efficient
compared to other methods, and signals can pass through many obstacles,
including certain types of walls and
people in crowds.
Information sent from a UWB device
Australia's electronics magazine
usually contains its ID, ToF and timestamp data. UWB is governed by the
IEEE 802.15.4a/z standard.
UWB chips are fitted to the following devices:
• the Apple iPhone 11 and later,
excluding the iPhone SE (2nd and 3rd
generation)
• the Apple Watch Series 6 and later
• some other Apple devices
• various Samsung Galaxy models (including the Galaxy Buds Pro 2)
• the Google Pixel 8 (and some
other phones from Google)
• the Xiaomi MIX4
• the Motorola Edge 50
Some devices, such as the iPhones
with UWB, always have power to the
UWB chip even when the phone is ‘off’
so it can be used to find them.
August 2024 15
Wireless LAN (local area network)
WLAN/WiFi can be used for location and tracking.
Google uses publicly broadcast
data from WiFi routers that have been
scanned as they drive around in their
Street View vehicles. Their locations
are recorded (siliconchip.au/link/
ab9n) to enhance the accuracy and
speed of location in conjunction with
GPS (or to provide location even without GPS). This is used by any tracking app or hardware that uses Google
Location Services.
In smaller areas with access to a
WiFi network, devices can be located
using techniques such as RSSI Multilateration, RSSI Fingerprinting, ToF
and AoA.
Examples of tracking devices
Here are some example of commonly found tracking devices, listed
in alphabetical order. Note that this is
not meant to be a comprehensive list.
Aircraft tracking
Commercial and many other aircraft
are routinely tracked via a variety of
methods, including Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting
System (ACARS), Automatic Dependent Surveillance–Broadcast (ADSB) and FANS (Future Air Navigation
System).
ACARS communicates aircraft
events, including equipment and sensor status, via VHF and ground stations when near land (line-of-sight,
within about 370km) or via satellite
receivers for almost global coverage.
ACARS does not usually send position
coordinates but does send speed and
altitude.
ADS-B broadcasts an aircraft’s
callsign, position, altitude, velocity and other data twice per second.
That information is sent to air traffic controllers via ground stations or
satellites. Positional information is
obtained via GNSS.
Air Services Australia operates 61
ground stations for ADS-B. ADS-B is
mandatory in Australia for aircraft flying under instrument flight rules (IFR);
other countries have similar rules.
FANS is a system that provides
a data link between an aircraft and
aircraft traffic controllers, including
information concerning air traffic control clearances, pilot requests and position reporting. Communication is via
ground stations or satellite.
In 1995, a Qantas Boeing 747-400
(VH-OJQ) became the first aircraft to
use the Rolls-Royce FANS-1 package,
and Air New Zealand soon followed
with a package from General Electric.
Ankle bracelets
Courts order police to fit some criminals or suspects with a GPS ankle (or
wrist) bracelet for tracking them. These
can be used to restrict them to a particular zone (such as a home) or prevent
them from entering designated prohibited areas (such as where a victim
might live or work, airports, schools,
shopping centres etc). Alerts for violations are issued via the mobile phone
network.
These devices are waterproof, are
designed to detect tampering and will
periodically ‘check in’, generating an
Fig.9: internal and external views of an ElmoTech TRXL-830 ankle
monitor. Source: https://fccid.io/LSQ-TRXL-830/Internal-Photos/InternalPhotos-1338485.pdf
16
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
alert if they are not functioning. As
the ankle monitor is offered as a ‘service’ to the recipient to allow some
freedom of movement, tampering is
regarded as a very serious matter and
will likely result in them being sent to
jail instead of having a small amount
of freedom.
Similar tracking devices can also be
used for people with mental impairments (eg, dementia) who may wander
away from institutional care facilities.
These devices can determine their
location via GPS, LBS (location-based
service, using mobile phone towers)
or indoor beacons using BLE when no
GPS or LBS signal is available.
One example is the ElmoTech
TRXL-830 (see Fig.9), designed to
enforce curfews. It has a receiver unit
that logs the presence or absence of a
‘client’ wearing one of these devices
and compares that with a stored
schedule of curfew hours the person has to conform to. If they are not
present, the receiver unit reports the
violation.
Bracelets with alcohol monitoring
The SCRAM Continuous Alcohol
Monitoring (CAM) bracelet (Fig.10;
siliconchip.au/link/abwj) is for certain
classes of criminals, such as habitual
drunk drivers or domestic violence
offenders. It samples the wearer’s
sweat for alcohol every 30 minutes and
reports the result. Alcohol in sweat is
detected with an electrochemical fuel
cell. The bracelet must be worn in contact with the skin.
The SCRAM CAM does not include
tracking but can be used in conjunction
Fig.10: the SCRAM Continuous
Alcohol Monitoring (CAM)
bracelet detects the wearer’s blood
alcohol level via their sweat.
Source: https://go.scramsystems.
com/l/149911/2016-05-02/
tmlc/149911/1614372926rk0W3lb1/
scram_cam_product_brochure.pdf
siliconchip.com.au
with a tracking bracelet on the other
ankle.
Apple’s AirTag
T h e A i r Ta g
(shown here and
in Fig.11) is a
small disc-like
token designed to
find and track keys,
luggage, computers, cars and any other
object they are attached to, including
people. AirTags use the proprietary
Apple “Find My” network, a crowdsourced mesh network that uses an
estimated one billion Apple devices.
It requires an iCloud account and uses
both Bluetooth and ultra-wideband
(UWB) technology.
The AirTag transmits a Bluetooth
‘beacon signal’ that is anonymously
received and retransmitted by other
Apple devices without alerting the
other device’s owner. iPhone 11 or
later users can also utilise the phone’s
U1 UWB chip (or U2 in the iPhone 15
and later) to locate the AirTag more
precisely.
The U1 has an approximate range of
20m, while the U2 has a range of up
to 60m, although estimates vary and it
depends on conditions. Some reports
claim AirTags can be detected at up to
250m outdoors. Despite the relatively
short ranges, you or your AirTag are
never likely to be far from an iPhone
in an urban area.
Some people have mailed packages
with AirTags to follow their route and
have had numerous ‘pings’ at airports,
warehouses and similar facilities.
Details on the impressive internals
Fig.13: a Playertek GPS device weighing 42g (top right) with a screen showing
the Playertek athlete monitoring tracker software. It depicts various parameters
and a heat map to show the location of athletes on the field. Source: https://
performbetter.co.uk/products/playertek
of the AirTag can be seen at https://
adamcatley.com/AirTag
Athlete trackers
Athletes’ activities can be monitored by GPS or UWB (ultra-wideband)
tracking devices worn within their
clothing, with the goal of improving
performance. The Playertek (Fig.13) is
an example of an athlete tracker that
uses GPS.
In the USA, the National Football
League (NFL) uses UWB trackers from
Zebra Technologies (www.zebra.com)
to monitor athletes and the ball. The
data collected includes the ball altitude, velocity, rotation, player speed,
passing rates, rushing attempt in yards,
pass completion, receiver separation
and more. They call this “Next Gen
Fig.11: the internals of an Apple AirTag (both sides). Onboard devices include
the Bosch Sensortec BMA28x 3-axis accelerometer, Apple U1 ultra-wideband
transceiver, Nordic Semiconductor nRF52832 Bluetooth low-energy SoC w/NFC
controller and various memory, audio and power supply components.
Source: www.ifixit.com/News/50145/airtag-teardown-part-one-yeah-this-tracks
(CC-BY-NC-SA)
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
Stats”; see https://nextgenstats.nfl.
com/glossary
Each NFL stadium has 20-30 UWB
receivers, two or three trackers in each
player’s shoulder pads (to ensure better tracking when close to the ground),
trackers on officials and other items.
They collect around 1000 data points
per second with centimetre accuracy.
A total of around 250 trackers are
used for each game. A game can be
replayed in animated form in various
apps using the data (see siliconchip.
au/link/abx1).
Boats
Trackers for boats use the mobile
phone network or NB-IoT networks
close to shore, or a satellite service if
further out to sea (see Fig.12). Some
Fig.12: the Keep Track G120 Cellular
and Satellite GPS Tracker showing the
optional Iridium satellite module. It
can be used to track other assets apart
from boats. Source: Keep Track GPS
– siliconchip.au/link/abx2
August 2024 17
use both mobile and satellite links.
NB-IoT stands for ‘narrowband Internet of Things’ and is part of the mobile
network. Telstra’s NB-IoT coverage is
shown at siliconchip.au/link/abwk
Child trackers
Various child-tracking devices are
available. These are similar to devices
used for tracking adults but with the
style and functions tailored for children and their carers.
The Jiobit (www.jiobit.com) is a
highly-rated pendant-type device for
tracking children, but it is not supported in Australia. There are many
watch-style devices, some of which are
also suitable for adults. For example,
the Apple Watch SE is not designed
to track children but can be set up for
such use.
Two other examples (of many)
include the Kids Buddy Watch (see
siliconchip.au/link/abwl) and the
Garmin Bounce (siliconchip.au/link/
abwm) – see Fig.14. JB HiFi sells a
range of these devices, as shown at
siliconchip.au/link/abwn
Cube Shadow
The Cube Shadow (https://
cubetracker.com/) is a subscription
GPS tracker device and service that
connects via the mobile phone network. It is advertised for tracking vehicles, assets, fleets, the elderly and pets.
Although it is advertised as a global
service, the website states, “We currently do not offer shipping outside
the USA”.
Chipolo ONE Spot and CARD Spot
These AirTag alternatives work with
Google Find My Device (see Fig.15),
although they do not support UWB.
See siliconchip.au/link/abwo
Digital Car Keys
This type of virtual car key is powered by a smartphone or watch (Fig.16).
While not a tracker, it uses similar
technologies, including UWB. The
The misuse of trackers and the Tracker Detect app
Unfortunately, criminals have been
known to use tracking devices to stalk,
harass and track victims. Apart from
the Tracker Detect app, there is no
universal or practical way to detect or
disable them. Blocking GPS or phone
signals is illegal, so if you think you
are being stalked, contact your local
police.
Apple AirTags have been alleged to
be misused in this way, although no
doubt others have been too.
If you have an Apple device with
iOS 14.5 or later, it will alert you to the
presence of an AirTag that is not yours
and is moving with you. For further
details on that, see siliconchip.au/
link/abwv
You can detect the presence of
Apple AirTags using an Android
phone by using a free Apple app
called Tracker Detect. If an AirTag
has been tracking you for more than
ten minutes, the App will allow you
to play a sound on the AirTag to help
you find it. Android versions since
v6.0 (basically any modern version)
can also provide alerts for unknown
trackers; see siliconchip.au/link/
abww
What about GPS trackers that
transmit location data via the mobile An unknown tracker alert from a
phone network? Presumably, devices recent version of Android. Source:
that detect mobile phone activity can https://support.google.com/android/
detect such trackers. We came across answer/13658562?hl=en
two covert mobile detector devices: the PocketHound (siliconchip.au/link/
abwx) and the WG Portable Mobile Phone Detector (siliconchip.au/link/abwy).
If an active tracker does not use the mobile network, it would be difficult to
detect, especially if the radio link uses spread spectrum techniques or extremely
low power transmission like LoRa.
For further information, see the article at siliconchip.au/link/abwz and the
video titled “How Apple AirTags are being used by criminals” at https://youtu.
be/OfXyRUwvQ8Q
18
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
Fig.14: a Garmin Bounce tracking
watch for children, with a screen
showing the child’s location.
Source: www.garmin.com/en-AU/
p/714945#overview
Fig.15: a Chipolo ONE point tracking
device in use. We would keep the tag
inside the suitcase rather than on
the outside (as long as the case is not
metallic). Source: https://chipolo.net/
en/products/chipolo-one-point
siliconchip.com.au
Car Connectivity Consortium (CCC)
maintains the specification. Car manufacturers who support the standard
include AITO, BMW, BYD, Genesis,
Gogoro, Hyundai, Kia, Lotus, Mercedes
Benz, MINI, RAM, Škoda & Volvo.
The keys are stored in mobile digital
wallets such as Google Wallet, Samsung Wallet, Huawei Wallet and Apple
Wallet for iOS and watchOS. Communication occurs via NFC (near-field
communication) at very short ranges
or UWB at longer ranges.
Emergency locator transmitter
(ELT)
ELTs signal aircraft distress. They
operate similarly to EPIRBs and transmit on 406MHz and 121.5MHz.
Emergency position-indicating
radiobeacon (EPIRB)
An EPIRB (Fig.17) is used by boats
or ships to communicate a request for
immediate assistance, for example, if
the vessel is sinking or there is a medical emergency.
The device sends a 406MHz distress signal to a Cospas-Sarsat satellite
(www.cospas-sarsat.int/en/), which
then reports the position indicated
by the EPIRB device (obtained via
GPS or other satellite navigation system). It then reports the emergency to
appropriate search and rescue (SAR)
authorities for that area.
If a position was not transmitted, it
calculates the approximate position by analysing the signal.
When SAR are close
to the reported position, they can home
Fig.16: opening a Kia car with
a digital key via UWB. Source:
www.kia.com/mu/owners/
owner-resources/quick-tips/
connectivity/setting-kia-digitalkey2-touch-smartphone.html
in using radio direction finding with
the EPIRB’s 121.5MHz homing signal, strobe lights on the device or the
AIS (automatic identification signal)
on newer devices. An EPIRB is activated either by contact with water or
by manual activation; many are activated automatically and ‘float free’ if
a vessel sinks.
If using one of these devices, note
that it is a free service but it is essential
to register it correctly. They are mandatory in certain jurisdictions for certain types of vessels, but in any case,
they are recommended for whatever
vessel you use.
Note that 121.5MHz is no longer
monitored by satellites (as with older
EPIRBs), but it is still used for homing
purposes and is also the International
Air Distress frequency.
Google Find My Device
This relatively new network will
Fig.17: a typical EPIRB; this
one is a GME MT600G.
Source: www.gme.net.au/au/
emergency-safety/mt600g
Fig.18: an example of items
tracked using Google’s
Find My Device network
and an Android phone.
Source: https://blog.google/
products/android/androidfind-my-device
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
work with all Android devices (about
three billion of them) – see Fig.18. It is
intended to be equivalent to Apple’s
“Find My” network.
Until recently, only Apple users
have enjoyed the ability to utilise a
huge number of devices that form
a mesh network to find an AirTag.
Now that ability has come to Android
devices (running Android version 9
‘Pie’ or later) via an upgraded Google Find My Device network, which
started to be rolled out worldwide on
April 9th this year – see siliconchip.
au/link/abwp
The rollout appears to have reached
Australia in late May/early June.
Like the Apple Find My network, the
Google/Android Find My Device network utilises a vast network of Android
devices as part of a crowd-sourced
mesh network to communicate the
encrypted location of a tracked device
without needing the knowledge or permission of the other Android users. As
with Apple, the connection is made to
the mesh network via Bluetooth.
Google says that all communications
via the Find My Device network are
end-to-end encrypted, and the location of devices participating in communicating data via the mesh network
is not known to Google or anyone else.
There are said to be numerous privacy
safeguards.
Security alerts will be provided to
users if any unwanted Find My (iOS)
or Find My Device (Android) compatible tags are tracking them.
Like late-model Apple iPhones,
Google Pixel 8 and 8 Pro phones can
be tracked even if they are ‘off’ due to
the ultra-wideband chip being constantly powered.
August 2024 19
Is it possible to defeat GPS trackers?
Sadly, criminals can detect and defeat GPS trackers attached to protected
equipment. Methods used include GPS jammers, scanning for RF
emissions, visual inspection, blocking devices (such as wrapping them in
aluminium foil), physical removal or destruction of trackers and the use of
a GPS signal spoofer to make the device appear to be in a different location
than it really is.
The HHD S7 tracker (siliconchip.au/link/abx0) is an example of an assettracking device that is said to be detection and jammer resistant. The device
is sold as a subscription rather than a one-time purchase.
Third-party trackers designed for
the Find My Device network include
Chipolo and Pebblebee, with devices
yet to be released from Eufy, Jio and
Motorola.
Find My Device seems not to work
on a locked-down privacy phone, as
enabling it would defeat many of the
privacy functions of such a phone.
However, some options and apps are
discussed for the privacy-focused
GrapheneOS at siliconchip.au/link/
abwq
Mobile personal alarms
Elderly people typically use these
devices, which generally are in the
form of a pendant or wristband with
a ‘panic button’. One model we are
familiar with is the LiveLife Mobile
Alarm (https://livelifealarms.com.au)
shown in Fig.19.
When the button is pressed, it calls
a series of nominated contacts, sends
the user’s location via text message and
establishes hands-free two-way voice
communications.
It will also detect calls and issue
an alert. The location is established
via GPS, WiFi and Google Maps, with
communications via the Telstra 4GX
mobile network.
4GX is a Telstra marketing term for
the 4G 700MHz (Band 28) network,
which works at longer ranges than
other parts of the 4G spectrum.
Periodic testing of such life-saving
devices is highly recommended.
Another similar product we saw was
the Adult Buddy Watch (siliconchip.
au/link/abwr) – see Fig.20.
Mobile phone tracking apps
You can install these apps on your
phone and those of willing friends and
family members, including children,
to enable you to see where they are.
Such apps include:
• Familo (available on Android and
iOS) – www.familo.net/en/
• Family Locator (Android and
iOS) – https://family-locator.com
• Find My (iOS) – www.apple.com/
au/icloud/find-my
• iSharing (Android and iOS) –
https://isharingsoft.com
• Life360 (Android and iOS) –
www.life360.com/au/
Pebblebee
These Bluetooth trackers will soon
be offered in versions for both iOS and
Android. The Android version supports Google’s Find My Device network. They do not use UWB.
Pet RFID implants
These RFID devices are about the
size of a large grain of rice and are
used to identify a pet (eg, if they are
lost). Some have considered whether
such a device can be used to track an
animal, but it is very short range only
and can’t be sensed more than about
10cm away.
Pet finders
These use various tracking methods. For short ranges, up to 100m or
so, Bluetooth or WiFi can be used to
track a pet. The location might be
provided as a range with no specific
location or, if the tracker is equipped
with GPS, a location if a GPS signal
is available.
For longer ranges, a tracker con-
Personal locator beacons (PLBs)
PLBs are similar to EPIRBs but are
intended for land-based use, such as
by bushwalkers and outback adventurers – see Fig.21.
They are typically smaller than
EPIRBs and don’t usually have strobe
lights or water activation. If you intend
to use one, make sure it’s registered
correctly.
Fig.19: a LiveLife mobile
personal alarm. Source:
https://livelifealarms.
com.au/product/order4GX-mobile-alarm
Fig.20: the “Adult
Buddy Watch”
from Buddy Gard.
Source: https://
mybuddygard.com.au/
pages/adult-buddy
20
Silicon Chip
nected to a mobile phone network can
transmit GPS coordinates provided
there is network coverage. Devices
that connect to the mobile phone network typically require a subscription
to function.
When phone network coverage is
unavailable, there is also the Aorkuler dog GPS tracker (https://aorkuler.
com). It has its own radio transmitter and receiver rather than using a
mobile phone, transmitting a GPS location to the receiver up to 5.6km away,
depending on terrain, according to the
manufacturer.
We could not find out what frequency or certification it uses, so we
are uncertain if this device would be
legal to use in Australia or New Zealand.
Some trackers enable ‘geofenced’
boundaries to be established, so an
alert is issued if a pet wanders outside
those boundaries. Pet trackers, like
others, require regular battery replacement or recharging, as they can use
a reasonable amount of power. They
typically need to be charged every
few days.
Australia's electronics magazine
Fig.21: a
miniature PLB
(emergency
beacon) suitable
for bushwalkers.
This is the
RescueME PLB1;
it weighs 65g.
Source: www.
rescueswag.com.
au/products/
rescueme-plb1
siliconchip.com.au
Q-TRACK
Q-TRACK produced a range of
devices using near-field electromagnetic ranging (NFER). The company
has since been acquired by GaN Corporation, and the products appear to
no longer be available. NFER is an
emerging technology.
Radio-based key finders
These are always listening for a signal from a dedicated transmitter and
will sound if the transmitter is activated. One example is the “REDPINGUO Wireless RF Item Locator”. The
range is said to be about 30-40m and
it operates at 433.92MHz.
Fleet vehicle trackers
Rental cars, other rented assets and
vehicle fleets are often tracked by
GNSS-based devices to ensure they are
used according to usage agreements, to
prevent theft and for general management purposes. Highly-valued private
cars may use these devices.
Netstar (www.netstaraustralia.com.
au) is an example of an Australian
company that advertises its products
and services for such devices.
Radio Frequency ID (RFID)
RFID tags are attached to objects to
identify them or track their location,
such as the progress of an item down
an assembly line or through a delivery
network like a postal service. RFID tags
may be passive or active. Short-range
passive tags contain circuitry that is
activated by energy from an interrogating radio beam, while active tags
contain a battery and work at much
longer ranges.
Cited ranges for readability of the
tags vary considerably according to
the model and technology used. Still,
typical figures quote up to 1m for a
passive tag at 13.56MHz, up to 100m
or more for an active tag operating
at 433MHz or 2.45GHz and 200m or
Fig.24: the Lars Thrane LT-3100S GMDSS (Global Maritime Distress and
Safety System) for SSAS and other forms of ship-to-shore voice and data
communications via the Iridium satellite system. Source: www.prnewswire.
com/news-releases/new-era-for-safety-at-sea-as-first-ever-iridium-gmdssterminal-is-unveiled-300861105.html
higher in other frequency bands.
Common examples of RFID devices
are pet ID implants, inventory tags in
stores, access control devices, trackers
for railway rolling stock, trackers for
shipping containers, some passports
(including Australia’s), books in some
libraries, toll collection devices and
many others. The devices are generally very cheap.
We published a DIY RFID tag design
in the July 2023 issue (siliconchip.au/
Article/15860).
Samsung SmartTag2
The SmartTag2 (Fig.22) uses Bluetooth and UWB for tracking and has a
range of up to 120m from the nearest
phone. It does not support Google’s
Find My Device network and only
works with Samsung Galaxy devices.
Nevertheless, it has received favourable reviews, such as siliconchip.au/
link/abws
It has a claimed battery life of 500
days, or 700 days in power-saving
mode.
Shipping container tracking
Shipping containers are tracked
using various technologies and sensors, such as GPS with connectivity
provided by Bluetooth, LPWAN (Low
Power Wide Area Network), mobile
IoT and satellite. Some also include
door and movement sensors, temperature sensors and weight sensors.
One example is the Vimel VIM4GCONT (Fig.23). It has a five-year battery life with daily location updates,
stores location data if out of network
coverage and more (see siliconchip.
au/link/abx3).
Ship security alert system (SSAS)
The SSAS alerts authorities that a
ship is under attack by pirates or terrorists – see Fig.24. An SSAS report
contains the ship name, unique identification numbers like MMSI (Maritime Mobile Service Identity), IMO
(International Maritime Organisation) number and call sign, the date
and time, the ship’s current position,
speed and course.
Fig.23: the Vimel VIM-4GCONT is a
shipping container tracker.
Source: Security Lab –
siliconchip.au/link/
abx3
Fig.22: typical use cases for a Samsung SmartTag2. Source: www.samsung.
com/au/mobile-accessories/galaxy-smarttag2-black-ei-t5600bbegau
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 21
Figs.25 & 26: the mOOvement GPS ear tag (www.moovement.com.au) for domestic cattle (left). This model has a long
battery life due to onboard solar cells for charging. As one use example, data from the device can be used to create a heat
map of grazing patterns (right).
Sound-based devices
Examples of these devices are early
key finders that require you to whistle
or clap your hands to activate a tone.
You could then ‘home in’ on the tone
using your ears. However, they were
generally unreliable and are now
largely obsolete.
Tile
Tile trackers (www.tile.com/en-au)
are Bluetooth-based tracking devices
for keys, wallets, luggage and other
objects. If a tagged item is lost, a smartphone app can make the Tile device
make a noise, and the last known
location will be shown on a map. A
lost phone can also be made to make
a sound by double-clicking on a Tile
tracker.
orbit at 850km altitude, orbiting about
every 100 minutes. A message length
of 3-31 bytes is allowed per satellite
pass. From there, data is transmitted
to a ground station.
Wildlife is also tracked using mobile
telephone networks. When the animal
is out of range, tracking data can be
cached. VHF, UHF or LoRa can be used
for shorter-range communications.
There is a free worldwide animal
tracking database where researchers,
journalists, students or developers
can access animal tracking data. It
is called Movebank (siliconchip.au/
link/abwt).
There is a free app for members of
the public to track various animals;
see siliconchip.au/link/abwu and the
YouTube video titled “Animal Tracker
App” which you can view at: https://
SC
youtu.be/wdG99OdwpWE
Animal tracking
Depending on the species, wildlife
and farm animals can be tracked with
GPS tags or collars.
For domestic livestock such as cows,
a GPS ear tag can be attached (see
Figs.25 & 26). In that example, GPS
location data from the tag is relayed
via a low-cost LoRaWAN (Long Range
Wide Area Network) network on the
farmer’s property, with a range of about
8km. For more information on LoRa,
see page 21 of our Digital Radio Modes
article from May 2021 (siliconchip.au/
Article/14848).
In the case of wildlife that travels
a long distance, tracking can be performed via the Argos satellite system (www.argos-system.org) with its
uplink at 401.65MHz (see Fig.27). This
system has seven satellites in polar
22
Silicon Chip
Fig.27: a wild animal (a female elk) with a North Star GPS tracking collar.
Source: www.northstarst.com/tracking-wildlife/wild-animals
Advice for tracking pets
If you use a tracker for your pet, you should familiarise yourself with its
operation, capabilities and limitations before it is needed. That includes
replacing or charging the battery when necessary.
I know of someone who did not do this, and when their pet wandered off,
the device (which they had never tested) did not work! Fortunately, the pet
was found the old-fashioned way, with a person who found it calling the
phone number on the collar.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Gadgets &
Gear
SALE
Pick up a great deal this
d AV.
month on tech, tools an
st.
31
Prices end August
Build It Yourself Electronics Centres®
Easy to set up
anywhere!
159
$
SAVE $30
A 3615
Mini Wi-Fi LED Projector
Great for movie nights with friends and family! This compact projector offers
excellent LED picture quality with 800x480p resolution for screens up to 4m
(170”) wide! Very simple to set up with adjustable focus & projection distance
(1-5m). HDMI input or Wi-Fi screen mirroring for playback directly from your
device.
IP54 Rated with stainless hardware
Q 1089
NEW!
SAVE $90
79
$
SAVE 25%
Quality LED Solar
Sensor Lights
Add instant security to your
place with these weather
resistant solar lights! Shed
some light on pathways,
driveways & gardens.
Requires no wiring!
22
$
X 2386 4W 500lm
SAVE 24%
30
$
X 2387 7W 800lm
Autoranging True RMS
Digital Multimeter
This compact true RMS meter
provides in depth functionality
for technicians troubleshooting
circuits. Push button design
simplifies operation and test jack
indicators ensure you never plug a
cable in wrong!
349
$
C 0876A
Opus One® Bluetooth® Ceiling Speakers
Built to stream the best content from your favourite music streaming
service, app or podcast player. Bluetooth 5.0 technology offers superb audio
performance and range. In-built high performance 2x30W RMS amplifier.
The ideal way to add permanent wireless sound to any room in the house.
A modern, low profile finish is provided by frameless magnetic fit grilles.
Includes power supply. Sold in pairs.
38 Piece
Precision
Driver Kit
Great for high tech
devices - including
special bits for
iPhone disassembly. All in a neat
self standing
spring loaded
case.
SAVE $9.95
M 8865
SAVE 23%
35
$
T 2173A
50
$
100W PD Charger Hub
This handy hub turns a single
USB type C PD port into 5 x 20W
charging ports!
SAVE $80
Indoor Pan &
Tilt Camera
Makes a great baby
or pet monitor, this
camera features
intelligent tracking
of moving objects
within the frame.
2-way audio with
SAVE $19
mic and speaker.
$
1080p HD
60
S 9017A
Take high
quality
audio notes
199
$
Record CD quality
audio with excellent
audio pick up for
taking lecture
notes lectures
SAVE $24
& recording
interviews.
$
MicroSD. USB
rechargeable. X 0705A
75
X 7063
With
outdoor
sensors &
smartphone
app!
FIRE THE WEATHER MAN!
Get live, local weather at home every day.
This fantastic weather station displays your local weather data - great
for boaties & gardeners. Bright & clear base station provides readings for
indoor/outdoor temperature, humidity, air pressure, rainfall, wind speed
and direction. Plus handy weather trends. You can even connect it to wi-fi
for monitoring readings & data with your phone. 100m sensor range.
Your local electronics store since 1976. | www.altronics.com.au
Power Up
Solar Panels for DIY
remote & mobile
power projects.
Essentials.
Sourced from one of the worlds leading solar
manufacturers. Aluminium frames, waterproof junctions, tempered glass panels.
25 year output warranty.
5 year workmanship warranty.
Battery
saver!
Model
Wattage
RRP
NOW
N 0020F
20W
$59.95
N 0040F
40W
$99.95
N 0065G
65W
$149
N 0080G
80W
$179
N 0110F
100W
$199
Protect your car battery with a solar maintainer.
N 0160F
160W
$299
This compact 5W solar panel is designed for keeping your vehicle
batteries topped up when parked.
N 0200F
200W
$325
$48
$79
$119
$144
$155
$239
$275
N 0700A
SAVE 24%
30
$
SAVE UP
TO 20%
SAVE $54
185
$
SAVE $20
SAVE 12%
89
50
$
M 8195B
Lithium-Ion Vehicle Jump Starter
Don’t get stuck with a dud battery!
Suits 12V battery vehicles. 20000mAh rated battery
provides up to 2500A peak output when cranking.
Three USB ports are provided for charging devices
(like a giant battery bank!). It also has a super bright
1W LED torch in built. 192L x 90W x 36Dmm.
D 2208A
15W Wireless Fast Charger
Phone Holder
SAVE $40
159
$
$
M 8534B 4.5A
M 8536B 10A
Suits lead acid, AGM
& LiFePO4 batteries
6V/12V Battery Chargers & Maintainers
Utilises a microprocessor to ensure your battery is
maintained in tip-top condition whenever you need it.
Helps to extend battery service life. Suitable for permanent
connection for battery maintenance. Great for caravans &
seldom used vehicles. Weather resistant IP65 casing.
Save time in the car with this handy
motorised windscreen/air vent phone
mount. It automatically secures your
phone in the mount and starts charging.
P 8149
SAVE 19%
2 for
$
40
SAVE 14%
Rack Mount PDU Power Boards
The neat solution to supplying mains power to your rack
mount equipment. Simply screw this panel to your rack &
plug the equipment in. Surge protected on all outlets with
overload breaker and 2m lead .
SAVE $14
65
$
P 8166 7 Way
SAVE $25
99
$
P 8167 10 Way
Power Saver $17
A 0346
Mains Switch
Cut standby power
usage by switching
appliances off at the wall.
Wi-Fi Mains Sockets.
Switch appliances on or off remotely
from anywhere in the world. Set
schedules and control via the Tuya
Android/iOS app. Max 2400W.
NEW!
22
$
M 8822B
SAVE 20%
40
SAVE $44
$
27W USB C Power Supply
Ideal for powering the latest
USB C devices. 5.1V output for
sensitive IoT boards.
8 Outlet Surge Board & 4 Way USB Charger
P 8159
Provides connection for all your appliances with 60,000A surge
protection and 4 way USB charger (max total 3.1A output. 2.1 single port). 1.5m cable.
D 2323
85
$
Bench Mount USB PD Charger
A 96W USB type C power delivery charger, plus dual QC
3.0 USB charging in the one compact near flush mount
unit. Requires 60mmØ hole. Includes power supply.
Your one-stop electronics shop since 1976. | Order online at altronics.com.au
Micron® 68W Compact
Soldering Station
This latest design benchtop soldering
iron offers convenience and plenty
of power for the enthusiast. Offers
precise dial temperature control with
temperature lock. In-built sleeper
stand shuts down the unit when not
in use saving on power costs. Includes
a fine 1.2mm chisel tip, solder reel
holder and tip sponge.
Trade
quality!
Q 1133B
SAVE 20%
SAVE $26
Great
features &
price!
55
$
Affordable do-it-all digital
multimeter.
A great balance of features and value,
this auto ranging DMM provides plenty
of measurement features including
temperature and capacitance.
Supplied with test leads, rubber holster
and temperature probe.
800A AC & DC
Clamp Meter
T 2040
99
$
Workbench
Bargains!
T 2494
SAVE $17
66
Add gas
for $9.50
(T 2451)
$
High Power Blow Torch
Super hot 1350°C flame! Handheld or
self standing design for heatshrinking,
model making, silver soldering! Easily
refilled. All aluminium design.
SAVE $100
3 preset
channels for
quick temp
selection.
Safe and easy
measurement of
AC & DC voltage/
current. In-built
non contact voltage
detection indicates
live AC wiring.
Includes test
probes, temp
probe & carry case.
339
$
T 2460A
USB Clip On 5x
Magnifier Lamp
A handy Inspect-A-Gadget
magnifier powered by
a USB port Provides a
crisp, clear view of your
workbench. 430mm long.
1.5m USB lead.
Measures AC & DC!
Q 0965A
SAVE 22%
70
$
SAVE 28%
A sturdy 100W benchtop soldering station featuring an all aluminium case and
2.8” touchscreen for quick temperature and preset selection. 100-500°C temp
range with slimline handle featuring burn resistant cable. ESD safe design. Fast
heat up and recovery. Works with SMD tweezer handle T 2461A ($219).
$
Jellyfish®
Weatherproof
Cases
Workshop
essential.
T 2306
SAVE 25%
20
$
Premium HSS-R Drill Bit Set
19pcs between 1-10mm for plastic,
wood & metal. Metal storage case.
T 2802
Micron® Touchscreen Soldering Station
Top quality sealed IP67
rated cases for storing test
gear, tools, cameras, drones
- anything important
that needs protection!
Padlockable latches
with perforated foam
for easy customisation.
Measurements are
internal size.
SAVE
25%
Chewed out a screw?
No problem! This unique set of pliers
features a serrated opening on the front
for extracting screws up to 13mmØ.
17
$
78
$
T 5051 302x206x162
Was $105.
92
$
T 5053 352x242x172
Was $125.
125
$
T 5055 412x302x182
Was $170.
$
20
$
X 0435 20 dioptre
T 5049 174x108x45
Was $22.95
150
SAVE 33%
33
SAVE 24%
T 2356
15
$
Rotating PCB Holder
Work on boards up to 200 x 140mm.
Metal base provides a sturdy work
platform.
SAVE 24%
20
$
T 5056 452x352x192
Was $205.
199
$
T 5066 521x292x183
Was $265.
T 1526 1-3.2mm2
T 1527 0.5-2mm2
Strip Wires Faster!
The classic easy squeeze spring loaded
quick action wire strippers.
Order online at altronics.com.au | Sale pricing ends August 31st.
Top value AV Gear
Do you need an easy way to
connect your HDMI sources to a
second TV in the house?
Computer / Phone
Computer
TV / Monitor
TV / Monitor
It’s hard to believe, but these cable adapters have an in-built
wireless HDMI sender capable of sending 1080p signals over
distances up to 50m. Previously these sorts of senders would
cost up to $600!
Available in two types, standard HDMI or USB type C for
sending your laptop, tablet or phone screen to your TV.
Excellent latency performance also makes it perfect for
sending your game console signal to a second room or your PC
to your couch.
All you need is USB power at each
end - typically found on the back your
TV, or via a USB wall charger.
A 3607 HDMI
SAVE $40
129
$
A 3608 USB C
A 3607 shown transmitting HDMI AV
source to a TV in another room.
USB
Charger
HDMI Equipped AV Source
To Television
HDMI Port
To AV Source
HDMI Output
Computer
To Television
USB Port
TV / Monitor
Wireless Transmission up to 50m.
SAVE $80
319
Great picture quality!
$
SAVE $40
S 8866
A 2696A
Watch TV on the go with a 12V telly.
23.6” 1080p screen and HD tuner. Designed for 12V vehicles,
4WDs, caravans and campers. Easily wall mountable with VESA
mounting points. USB PVR recording in-built . Includes magnetic
antenna with booster, mains power supply and remote.
349
$
Internet radio, digital radio & audio streaming in one.
Wi-Fi Internet Radio System with DAB+, FM & Bluetooth. A stylish, easy to use receiver with access
to over 26,000 global internet stations, plus DAB+ digital radio, FM frequencies and bluetooth
streaming from your devices. Digital S/PDIF and analogue RCA outputs.
1000’s
sold!
L 2047
SAVE 19%
16
$
Handy
problem
solver!
Boost your TV signal!
Simple to install in-line booster
for added gain to your existing
antenna. Great for fixing choppy
reception issues. USB powered.
Includes
10m cable &
hardware
L 2003
A 1103B
SAVE $10
SAVE 18%
85
HOT SELLER! 1000’s sold. Get crystal clear TV
reception wherever you travel! Omnidirectional 360°
design requires no adjustment when you park up.
Sale Ends August 31st 2024
Find a local reseller at:
altronics.com.au/storelocations/dealers/
39.95
49
$
Caravan/Boat Television Antenna
Build It Yourself Electronics Centres®
C 9037C
$
$
Send TV sound to headphones!
Earbuds With Powerbank
Transmits or receives audio via
Charge your phone, charge your tunes!
Bluetooth. aptX low latency - no lip sync These wireless earbuds sound great
issues! Can be used at home or in the car. and are sweat resistant.
Mail Orders: mailorder<at>altronics.com.au
Victoria
Western Australia
» Springvale: 891 Princes Hwy
» Airport West: 5 Dromana Ave
03 9549 2188
03 9549 2121
» Auburn: 15 Short St
02 8748 5388
» Virginia: 1870 Sandgate Rd
07 3441 2810
» Prospect: 316 Main Nth Rd
08 8164 3466
» Perth: 174 Roe St
» Joondalup: 2/182 Winton Rd
» Balcatta: 7/58 Erindale Rd
» Cannington: 5/1326 Albany Hwy
» Midland: 1/212 Gt Eastern Hwy
» Myaree: 5A/116 N Lake Rd
08 9428 2188
08 9428 2166
08 9428 2167
08 9428 2168
08 9428 2169
08 9428 2170
New South Wales
Queensland
South Australia
© Altronics 2024. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until date shown or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
*All smartphone devices pictured in this catalogue are for illustration purposes only. Not included with product.
B 0008
Please Note: Resellers have to pay the cost of freight & insurance. Therefore the range of stocked products & prices charged by individual resellers may vary from our catalogue.
Project by Phil Prosser
The Styloclone
musical instrument
This reinvention and homage to a musical classic is an excellent project for
starters. It’s also lots of fun for the musically inclined, especially those interested
in old-school instruments. The whole project fits on one easy-to-build circuit board
that can be mounted in a case or built as a free-standing project!
T
his project is simple enough to be
ideal for people learning electronics,
but useful enough to be fun for all ages.
A Stylophone is a very simple musical
instrument that can play a single note
at a time, driven by a stylus (or pen).
A unique feature of a Stylophone is
that it uses tracks on the PCB to form
the instrument’s keys.
The original Dubreq Stylophone was
released in 1968. While it has never
become as popular as, say, the electric guitar, it definitely made a mark
on popular music! Notable uses of a
Stylophone are at the start of David
Bowie’s “Space Oddity” and throughout the Tornados’ instrumental, “Telstar”. So, while simple, the distinctive
sound of this instrument has a real
place in music.
The name “Styloclone” indicates
siliconchip.com.au
it is not a real Stylophone; it is more
an homage to the original instrument,
drawing inspiration from it. Our
version draws a lot from the 1970s
design of the Stylophone, and keeps
the essentials such as the PCB tracks
forming the keyboard.
As an engineer, my immediate reaction to this project was to ‘gold plate’
it, allowing it to do things that no sensible person would want. However,
that would miss the essence of the
Stylophone.
We could have based it on a microcontroller, allowing all manner of
clever stuff, including fancy waveforms and effects. Alternatively, we
could ‘keep the purity’, as local Sydney musician Blair “Moog” Joscelyne
would say (www.blairjoscelyne.com).
[He is talented – Editor]
Australia's electronics magazine
Ultimately, we decided to use the
KISS principle (“keep it simple, stupid”) and, if people enjoy the oldschool goodness of our take on a Stylophone, we could develop a new-
fangled version later. Our Styloclone
comprises a PCB, a stylus and an
optional case, as shown in the photos.
The original Sylophone circuit has
two main parts. The first is a simple
oscillator in which the stylus changes
the RC time constant to play the
notes. The secondary vibrato oscillator causes the note frequency to vary
slightly but rapidly, making the sound
more interesting. You may recognise
the concept of vibrato as it is applied
to many instruments, including the
human voice.
Early Stylophones used a unijunction transistor for the note oscillator
August 2024 27
Fig.1: the Styloclone circuit uses just two ICs and one transistor. IC1 is the main oscillator that produces a note when
the stylus wired to CON3 touches one of the keypads, shorting a point in the resistor string to ground. The vibrato
oscillator is based on transistor Q1; it varies the voltage at pin 5 of IC1, modulating the frequency at around 7Hz. VR1
is for calibration, VR2 for tuning and VR3 for volume control.
but those are rare these days. Later
versions used a 555 timer IC, which
remains super common today, so we
have also used one.
The original approach is a masterclass in squeezing as much as possible
from the minimum number of parts.
We kept the essence and added a few
new parts to make a modern, buildable
project. That includes a simple output
amplifier, allowing us to use a standard
8W speaker. The original circuit used
a high-impedance speaker, which is
now difficult to obtain.
We are using an LM386 amplifier, which is hardly dragging the
28
Silicon Chip
Stylophone into the 21st century, as
that part has been around since the
mid-1970s. The LM386 itself has some
fame in the musical domain as a very
common IC in guitar practice amplifiers and distortion boxes, so it is a
fitting choice.
You can hear some audio clips of the
prototype Styloclone at siliconchip.
au/Shop/6/432 but remember that I am
more of an engineer than a musician,
so don’t expect the Brandenburg Symphony! Still, they should give you an
idea of the tone it produces if built as
described here. It’s possible to make
some simple modifications to change
Australia's electronics magazine
the tone, some of which will be mentioned later.
Circuit details
The resulting circuit is shown in
Fig.1. There are two oscillators, one
for vibrato and the second to generate the notes. The vibrato oscillator is
built around BC549 transistor Q1, with
100nF capacitors and 68kW resistors
forming a feedback network. The result
is a very simple phase-shift oscillator.
Early Stylophones used a 10MW
pull-up resistor on the base of Q1 to
bias this amplifier, which is effective
but subject to significant variation. We
siliconchip.com.au
Scopes 1 & 2: the left scope shows the 1µF capacitor being charged and discharged by the 555 timer (cyan) and the output
voltage being delivered to the speaker for a 440Hz A note (yellow). The control voltage (mauve) is about 5.3VDC in this
case, although there is about 50mV AC superimposed on it from the output. The right scope shows the same signals as in
Scope 1 but with a faster timebase and with vibrato enabled, visible as a periodic shifting of the waveform.
have used a slightly more complex
arrangement that ensures a defined
setpoint for the vibrato oscillator. It
should work for any high-gain NPN
transistor similar to the BC549.
The vibrato can be switched on and
off using S2, which shorts the collector
of Q1 to ground. This is a brutal but
effective way of stopping this oscillator. We will discuss how the vibrato
works as we describe the main oscillator.
The main oscillator in the original
Stylophone used a programmable unijunction transistor in the main oscillator, although early updates replaced
that with the NE555 timer IC, which
came out in about 1972.
The 555 is set up as an astable
multi-vibrator, which is a fancy way of
saying that it oscillates continuously.
For now, let’s look at it with the vibrato
switched off and the tuning potentiometer at its midpoint. Note that the 555
will work just fine without the tuning
potentiometer but without the ability
to adjust the tuning.
In this case, with the pen not touching any of the keyboard pads, both
the trigger and threshold inputs are
pulled to ground via trimpot VR1 and
the long string of series resistors that
ultimately connects to 0V. Referring to
Fig.2, the output of Comparator C goes
low, while Comparator T’s goes high.
The RS flip-flop is reset, so OUT goes
low. The output buffer inverts this, so
the 555 output goes high.
It remains in this state while no note
is selected. When the stylus touches
the keyboard, it connects the 555 output to part of the resistor string that
defines each note. The 1µF timing
capacitor charges via these resistors,
siliconchip.com.au
with the charge rate determined by
the resistance in the string (ie, the
note selected).
It continues to charge until the voltage on the Threshold pin exceeds the
Control voltage and the Comparator C
output goes high. The RS flip-flop is
reset, and the OUT pin goes high, so
the 555 output pin goes low. The 1µF
capacitor starts to discharge via the
resistor string.
Once the voltage goes below the
Comparator T positive input reference
voltage, the Comparator T output goes
high again, setting the RS flip flop. This
drives the output high, and the whole
process repeats. The resulting oscillation is demonstrated in Scope 1.
There are a few tweaks to the operation of the 555 IC in a Stylophone. The
first is that the control voltage (CV) pin
is connected to the wiper of a potentiometer. This varies the control voltage, which changes the voltage over
which the 1µF capacitor must charge
over the oscillation cycle, allowing the
Styloclone to be tuned.
We have selected resistors for each
note that are in tune with middle A at
440Hz, as long as the 1µF capacitor is
reasonably accurate. The tuning works
well, but this is a very simple circuit,
so if you set the tuning pot very high
or low, you will find the octave is a
bit off. We have selected values for
the keyboard resistor string that give
very close to in-tune notes.
The second tweak is that the vibrato
oscillator is capacitively coupled to
the 555’s control voltage input. This
adds an AC component to the control
voltage and modulates the charge/
Fig.2: the 555 timer generates two reference voltages at 1/3 and 2/3 of its
supply voltage, which are fed to the inputs of two comparators. The outputs
of those comparators control a flip-flop, which in turn controls the output
voltage. The discharge transistor switches on when the output is low.
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 29
The desktop
version of our
Styloclone doesn’t need a
case, keeping it simple and pure! It
uses four standoffs in the corners for feet.
discharge range required for the 1µF
capacitor, as seen in Scope 2.
Tuning calculations
Getting the notes right took a lot
of work. The standard formula for
oscillation frequency for a 555 timer
is f = 1.44 ÷ (C × [Ra + 2 × Rb]). With
the tweaks to the circuit, such as not
using the discharge circuit, we found
we needed to use f = 0.5823 ÷ (R × C).
This is because we are not charging
from Vcc and discharging to ground
but instead using the 555 output as
the charge/discharge source.
Even then, there was non-linearity
across the scale; we were able to use
this formula to get close to the right
resistances, but then we had to handtune the values.
We were conscious that this might
introduce variation in behaviour for
chips from different suppliers, which
may have differing high and low output voltages. To test this theory, we
drove around town and bought five
different chips from various suppliers and batches. We verified that the
resistances we chose worked for all
of these with only minor variations.
The fact that Stylophones have
been made this way for years should
have told us that we were jumping at
shadows.
30
Silicon Chip
Our choice of a 1µF timing capacitor
in the oscillator defined the resistances
required for each note. Some rather
odd resistances are required. Table 1
shows each note’s ‘ideal’ frequencies
and incremental resistances. Because
the resistance is in a string, we have
worked out the best-fit values from the
E24 resistance range.
As expected, there are minor errors.
While these errors are not huge, they
indicate there is no benefit in being
overly anxious about achieving the
exact modelled resistances. So, you
can use 1% E24 resistors of the specified values; there is no need for more
precision than that.
We considered having one potentiometer per note, but even the cheapest trimpots would have cost more
than 10 times that of simple resistors.
It would have also made tuning very
complicated!
If you choose to fine-tune your Styloclone by varying the resistor values,
remember to set the tuning control
to your ‘zero point’ and keep it there
while you select new resistors. You
must start with the highest note and
then work down the scale. All the tuning resistors add up, so if you go back
and change a higher note, you need to
retune all the lower notes.
We have lined all these resistors
Australia's electronics magazine
up alongside each note on the board.
Make sure you check each value as you
go and don’t put any in the wrong spot,
or the tuning will end up all wonky.
The original Sytlophone used a
high-impedance speaker. We have
added an amplifier and optional line
output in case you want to record a hit
song with your Styloclone. The circuit
around the LM386 is bog standard,
and the only part warranting comment is the 1µF capacitor from its
pin 3 to ground that rolls off the
high-frequency response.
The resulting filter has
a pretty brutal corner frequency of around 190Hz.
The resistance of the RC circuit is
formed by the 1kW resistor in parallel
with the 4.7kW resistor from the volume control plus the volume control’s
resistance. This filter tones down the
harshness of the square wave output
a lot. If you want a brighter sound,
reducing this 1µF capacitor will give
you that.
We have used a simple 57mm
speaker for this device; they are cheap
and rugged. This speaker can produce
plenty of output, but if more sound
is required, you can certainly plug it
into your Marshall Stack via the mono
3.5mm jack.
The stylus
We have used yet another Biro (ballpoint pen) case as the stylus handle in
this project. This seems to be something of a tradition in the making!
As the tip, we used a 4mm Posidriv
machine screw (Altronics H3310; Phillips head would also be fine), to which
we soldered the stylus lead. We then
glued it into the tip of that obligatory
Biro case using Araldite epoxy – see
the photo below.
You might find another way of
doing this. For example, you could
simply place a small diameter heatshrink tubing around a stiff piece of
wire and bend the end back so it isn’t
sharp. However, if you use an alternative approach, ensure that the player
is insulated from the stylus tip, as
The stylus is made from a Biro
(ballpoint pen) case, an M4
machine screw and siliconeinsulated wire soldered to the end
of the screw.
siliconchip.com.au
otherwise, skin resistance and body
capacitance could interfere with its
operation.
Our goal was to make a conductive stylus tip that did not have sharp
edges that would scratch and wear the
PCB ‘keys’.
For the stylus wire, we used
super-flexible silicone-insulated wire
on the assumption that the lead will
be waved around a lot. We don’t
want the lead breaking! The Altronics W2400-W2407 wire (the last digit
determines the colour) has 95 strands
with silicone insulation and is made
for this sort of application (well, meter
leads etc).
The large number of thin wires in
the wire will make this very tolerant
of flexing and maximises the fatigue
life. The length of the stylus lead can
be tweaked, but 600mm feels about
right to us.
To attach the wire to the screw, we
held the screw in a vise, applied flux
to end top of the screw and tinned it.
We then soldered the flexible wire to
the end of the screw.
We have included two 4mm holes
in the PCB to secure the stylus lead
using a zip/cable tie in front of the
stylus connector. This allows you to
run the stylus lead through a simple
hole you drill in the side of the case
without the risk of it being pulled too
hard and damaged. We recommend
you select a side to suit your right- or
left-handed preference.
perhaps mount it onto a piece of timber or other board.
You need to decide which version
you want to build before starting construction since the circuits are identical but the board layouts are quite
different.
Case preparation
For the case-mounting version, we
have put in some effort so that mounting the board is easy. The hardest part
is neatly cutting the rectangular hole
in the case to access the keys. We’ll
describe how to prepare the case before
assembling the PCB, as it might be
easier to do it first. You can skip this
section if you are building the version
without the case.
The best approach to cutting the
large hole is to mark its outline on
the case, then drill 6mm holes in each
corner 3mm inside the actual corner
junction, so the edges of the holes align
with the cutout. Next, use a hand saw
or rotary tool to cut just inside the
lines. You can then file the hole to size.
ABS plastic works very easily and
does not clog files too severely, so tidying up the hole is a lot easier than you
might expect. The drawing for the front
panel cutout and drilling is in Fig.3.
I used a really sharp knife and ruler
to score each line, but you have to be
very careful not to slip and cut your
fingers while doing that! If you cut like
this repeatedly, you can actually go all
the way through the plastic.
If you decide to do that, we suggest
you wear chainmail (mesh) gloves.
We are not making this up; chefs use
them to avoid cutting their fingers.
They are readily available, not too
expensive, and surprisingly flexible.
Search for “cut-resistant gloves” or
“chef’s gloves” to find them.
The remainder of the case preparation is drilling the speaker holes on
the top panel, plus the switch and
potentiometer holes in the rear panel.
We found it kind of fiddly to get
the measurements right for the rear
panel, which is at an angle to the front
panel and has rounded edges. So be
Table 1 – Styloclone note ideal frequencies, resistors & actual frequencies
Note
Ideal
Resistor Running total Measured
Error
Error (%)
B
493.9Hz
68Ω
1179Ω
493Hz
-0.9Hz -0.3 to -0.1
A♯
466.2Hz
68Ω
1247Ω
466Hz
-0.2Hz -0.2 to +0.1
A
440.0Hz
75Ω
1322Ω
440Hz
0.0Hz
-0.1 to +0.1
G♯
415.3Hz
82Ω
1404Ω
416Hz
0.7Hz
+0.0 to +0.3
G
392.0Hz
82Ω
1486Ω
394Hz
2.0Hz
+0.4 to +0.6
F♯
370.0Hz
91Ω
1577Ω
371Hz
1.0Hz
+0.1 to +0.4
Case options
F
349.2Hz
91Ω
1668Ω
351Hz
1.8Hz
+0.4 to +0.7
We have produced two slightly different PCB designs. The first, coded
23106241, fits into an Altronics H0400
case sloped instrument case and
allows you to mount the board to the
front panel using the inbuilt mounting
holes. It gives a neat finish and delivers a neatly packaged product.
The way this board mounts requires
all the components to be placed on the
back of the board, with the ‘keys’ on
the front of the board so they can be
presented to the user through a large
rectangular hole in the case.
However, we recognise that the case
costs more than all the electronic components, and it isn’t strictly required.
So the other PCB option, coded
23106242, has all the components on
the top side of a rectangular board,
with holes in the corners to use 10mm
Nylon standoffs as feet. This way, you
can set it on a flat surface to play it or
E
329.6Hz
100Ω
1768Ω
332Hz
2.4Hz
+0.6 to +0.9
D♯
311.1Hz
120Ω
1888Ω
312Hz
0.9Hz
+0.1 to +0.5
D
293.7Hz
120Ω
2008Ω
294Hz
0.3Hz
-0.1 to +0.3
C♯
277.2Hz
120Ω
2128Ω
278Hz
0.8Hz
+0.1 to +0.5
C
261.6Hz
120Ω
2248Ω
264Hz
2.4Hz
+0.7 to +1.1
B
246.9Hz
130Ω
2378Ω
251Hz
4.1Hz
+1.5 to +1.9
A♯
233.1Hz
150Ω
2528Ω
236Hz
2.9Hz
+1.0 to +1.5
A
220.0Hz
150Ω
2678Ω
223Hz
3.0Hz
+1.1 to +1.6
G♯
207.7Hz
180Ω
2858Ω
210Hz
2.3Hz
+0.9 to +1.3
G
196.0Hz
180Ω
3038Ω
198Hz
2.0Hz
+0.8 to +1.3
F♯
185.0Hz
200Ω
3238Ω
186Hz
1.0Hz
+0.3 to +0.8
F
174.6Hz
200Ω
3438Ω
175Hz
0.4Hz
-0.1 to +0.5
E
164.8Hz
200Ω
3638Ω
164Hz
-0.8Hz -0.8 to -0.2
D♯
155.6Hz
200Ω
3838Ω
155Hz
-0.6Hz -0.7 to -0.1
D
146.8Hz
220Ω
4058Ω
147Hz
0.2Hz
-0.2 to +0.5
C♯
138.6Hz
220Ω
4278Ω
139Hz
0.4Hz
-0.1 to +0.6
C
130.8Hz
240Ω
4518Ω
131Hz
The Error column has an uncertainty of ±0.5Hz.
0.2Hz
-0.2 to +0.5
siliconchip.com.au
August 2024 31
cautious with this; perhaps start with
smaller holes than required and be
prepared to file them to a final size.
Fig.4 shows the drilling details for
the rear panel.
Regarding labelling, we were on a
roll with the retro feel of this project
and had just purchased a 3D printer
for the young enthusiast. So we got out
the 3D modelling software and made a
cool label for the project. We reckon it
looks pretty good. The STL file is available from siliconchip.au/Shop/11/434
Note that it needs to be printed at
a 5% scale, a simple selection in the
Cura slicer program.
You could probably use super glue
to attach the PLA 3D-printed parts
to the ABS plastic case, but we read
that you can melt ABS plastic in acetone to make “ABS glue”. We picked
up some of the swarf from drilling
the front panel, put it in a teaspoon
of acetone and mixed until we had a
thick, sticky liquid.
We dabbed it onto the back of the
PLA labelling and carefully placed it
on the front panel, where it stuck perfectly. Get it in the right spot when
you put it down and do not move it.
PCB assembly
Building the Styloclone electronics
is pretty straightforward. All parts are
through-hole types, and we have used
larger pads where possible to facilitate
soldering.
First, check that you have the correct
PCB, either the one coded 23106241
that measures 179 × 123mm for the
case-mounting version or the standalone board that’s coded 23106242
and measures 207 × 124.5mm. Figs.5
& 6 are the PCB overlay diagrams for
the two versions that show where all
the components go.
The best place to start is with the
resistors. We have had to use several
E24 resistors with less-familiar values
like 91W, 200W etc. These are used to
get the tuning right for each note, so
you really need the specified parts.
Altronics and Jaycar stock these E24
values, and the larger online suppliers like Mouser, DigiKey, RS and element14 have them too.
When fitting these, we recommend
measuring each part’s resistance as
you go since the colour codes can be
tricky to read sometimes. If you get a
part in the wrong spot, you will find
that some of the notes are out of tune.
Once all the resistors are in place, add
1N5819 schottky diode D1 (taking care
to match its orientation to the overlay)
and the 200W trimpot.
At this point, it is convenient to
mount the 555 and LM386 ICs. Do this
before the capacitors, as it will give
Fig.3: cutting the large rectangular hole is the fiddliest part of the project. We used a Dremel cutting tool and file for ours.
The easiest way is to mark and drill the corner holes for the cutout from the inside, then do the remainder of cutting and
drilling from the outside. If you need an inside template, you can print this out mirrored. Regardless, double-check which
side you drill the speaker holes on. All dimensions in this diagram are in millimetres.
32
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Shown at left is a view of the case-mounting version inside the case, from
the underside, where the components live. The keyboard is accessible through
a cutout on the other side. The finished Styloclone is shown above in its case.
This version in a box gives much richer sound than the free standing version.
you more room to get them in place.
The 555 and LM386 look the same, so
you will need to check the part numbers and ensure they are both the right
way around. The dot or indent on the
chips goes to the top of the board, and
the PCB silkscreen has dots in nearby
positions to help you.
It is then time to install the capacitors. Make sure you use film capacitors for values up to 1µF; either MKT
or greencaps will work fine, although
greencaps may need their leads bent to
fit the pads. Do not use ceramic capacitors, as they have a huge temperature
coefficient and large values can even
be microphonic.
The 1µF capacitor on pin 2 of the
555 is particularly critical; it must
be close to 1µF, so use a part with a
decent tolerance (5% if possible; failing that, 10%).
After that, you can add the electrolytic capacitors. Make sure each one
is the right way around, with the longer positive lead on the side with the
+ symbol. The stripe on the can indicates the negative side, so it should be
opposite the + symbol in each case. To
make this process easier, all capacitors
are orientated in the same direction.
Next come the two 5mm screw terminals and the battery clip. We like
to make connections to offboard components using terminals as it makes it
easy to service, but you could simply
solder flying leads to the board if that
suits you. Put a dab of neutral-cure
silicone sealant under the battery clip
before you solder it to the board, as
that will keep it secure when the Styloclone is in use.
We have added two 4mm holes on
either side of the battery, allowing you
to ‘zip tie’ it to the board so it can’t
come out during transport.
Now fit the two switches. We have
used PCB-mounting switches from
Altronics. Similar switches are available from Mouser and other larger
suppliers; you could run flying leads
from the PCB pads to panel-mounted
switches in a pinch.
Two similar but not identical
types of potentiometers are used: a
5kW linear type for the tuning control and a 5kW logarithmic type for
the volume control. Both are standard 16mm-size devices. The volume
pot will be labelled A5K, where A
Fig.4: the drilling details for the Styloclone’s rear panel. This is the top of the case; the front panel is at the bottom in this
drawing. All measurements are referenced to the top of the fixing post on the left.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 33
MINI SPEAKER
E
A#
G#
F
G
D2#
C2#
B
A
C2
G2#
F2#
D2
E2
3.3kW
D
C
F#
D#
C#
TUNE
F2
G2
A2#
A2
B2
VOLUME
VR3 5kW log.
+
1kW
10kW
100nF
REAR OF
MINI SPEAKER
100nF
68kW
100nF
68kW
100nF
4.7kW
Q1
BC549
+
100mF
FINE
CON2
TUNE
SPEAKER
240W
220W
220W
200W
200W
200W
200W
180W
270kW
180W
130W
STYLUS
TP2
100W
91 W
91W
82W
82 W
75 W
68W
68W
100nF
1kW
100nF TP1
VR1
200W
CON3
120W
+
2.7W
TO STYLUS
470mF
120W
+
220mF
1m F
120W
100nF
IC1
555
120W
IC2
LM386N
1kW
5819
D1
150W
BAT1
9V BATTERY
HOLDER
VR2
5kW
lin.
4.7kW
1kW
120kW
47kW
10 m F
4.7kW
100nF
1mF
S2
150W
S1
CON1
VIBRATO
POWER
OUTPUT
FRONT OF BOARD
C
B2
UNDERSIDE OF BOARD (TRUNCATED)
34
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: here is where to fit all the components for the case-mounting version of
the Styloclone. In this version, all parts mount on the bottom while the ‘keys’
are on the top. Take care with the orientations of the diode, ICs and electrolytic
capacitors and make sure you don’t mix up all the different-value resistors!
240W
C
C#
D#
E
MINI SPEAKER
200W
200W
F#
200W
270kW
200W
F
3.3kW
180W
4.7kW
150W
+
A#
B
150W
GND
1kW
100nF
130W
FINE
TUNE
120W
120W
VR1
200W
VOLUME
100nF
CON3
STYLUS
1mF
IC1
555
100nF
E2
120W
100W
TP1
OUTPUT
1m F
IC2
LM386N
220mF
VR3
5kW
log.
+
470mF
1kW
D2#
10mF
100nF
120W
D2
S2
VIBRATO
68kW
C2
C2#
100nF
68kW
VR2
5kW
lin.
1kW
A
Q1 100nF
BC549
4.7kW
47kW
100mF
120kW
SPEAKER
4.7kW
180W
1kW
G#
TUNING
10kW
G
+
100nF
CON1
91W
F2
82W
G2
G2#
82W
100nF
BAT1
TP2
9V BATTERY HOLDER
+
75W
A2
D1
A2#
5819
68 W
POWER
68W
S1
►
B2
91W
–
F2#
2.7W
►
siliconchip.com.au
220W
D
Testing your Styloclone
Once all the parts are in, insert a
fresh battery and measure the voltage
across it. It should be near 9V. If the
voltage is low, look for parts getting
hot; if none are, pull the battery out
and check that it is fresh.
With the voltage rail all good, set the
volume and tuning controls to midrange and touch the stylus to one of
the key pads. You should hear a tone.
Run up and down the keys and you
should get a reasonable set of notes.
If you get nothing:
220W
+
indicates “Audio Taper”, while the
tuning pot is linear and will be labelled
“B5K”. Do not get these mixed up.
If you intend to plug the Styloclone
into an amplifier or recorder, mount
the 3.5mm socket now. If you will
never use it, you can save yourself a
bit of money and leave it off.
We used a thin bead of neutral-cure
silicone sealant around the hole in
the PCB to attach the speaker. After
applying the sealant, gently push the
speaker into place. An alternative is
to use 5-minute Araldite (or another
epoxy glue), which works a treat and
is pretty permanent. The speaker must
go in so that the cone is visible from
the same side as the tin-plated ‘keys’.
If building the board designed to
mount in the case, the speaker will
be inserted from the opposite side of
the board to the majority of the components, so the magnet comes through
to the same side as the components
and the cone can present through the
front panel.
If you are building the standalone
board, the speaker is inserted from
the same side as the components, and
the magnet will be on the underside
of the board.
Once you glue the speaker in, take
a break and ensure your glue cures.
Once that silicone cures, the speaker
will never fall out, but until then, it
will fall out and make a mess of everything near it. Don’t ask me how I know!
Solder wires to the speaker terminal and screw them into the speaker
header; it doesn’t matter which way
around they go. Also connect a wire
to the stylus connector for testing.
Depending on whether you are left- or
right-handed, drill a 3mm hole for your
stylus wire to go through in one side
of the case. This should be on the top
half of the case, about halfway down
the length.
Fig.6: for the standalone (non-case) version of the Stylophone, all parts mount
on the top side, which also has the keyboard. All the same parts are used in
both versions. Again, watch the orientations of the diode, ICs and electrolytic
capacitors and make sure you don’t mix up all the different-value resistors.
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 35
T Check the voltage on pin 8 of IC1,
the 555 timer. It should be more than
8V. If not, then something is wrong
with the power supply. Is it on? Is
diode D1 the right way around?
T Is IC1 indeed a 555 and is it the
right way around?
T Check that pin 5 of IC1 is between
4V and 6V. The tuning pot sets this, so
try adjusting that. It does not need to
be exact, but it should not be pegged
to one of the rails.
T Check for an AC voltage on pin
3 of IC1. This will be a square wave.
T If there is a voltage there, trace
through the 10µF capacitor to the
clockwise terminal of volume control
VR3, then to its wiper and on to pin
3 of IC2, the LM386. Try turning the
volume up if you lose the signal at the
wiper of VR3.
T Check pin 6 of IC2 for 8-9V DC.
If this is not present, track back to the
battery again.
T Check pin 5 of IC2 for an AC voltage. If this is present, is the output
capacitor the right way around, and
is the speaker wired up properly? Are
its terminals shorted?
If the notes are all wrong:
T Check that 200W trimpot VR1 on
the board is set to around 110W. You
should measure close to 1110W across
test points TP1 and TP2, which are just
below the battery (this measures VR1
and a 1kW series resistor).
T Check that the correct values have
been used for the row of resistors near
the keys.
T Set the tuning potentiometer,
VR2, to about 2/3 scale. Turn the Styloclone on and measure the voltage at
pin 5 of the 555 timer. This should be
about 5.3V. If not, adjust the trimpot
and see if it can be set to about 5.3V.
Check that you have not swapped the
linear and log pots.
T Touch the stylus to the high B.
You should get a reasonably high
note at around 494Hz. If this is way
off, check the value of the 1µF timing
capacitor. If this note is wrong, every
other note will also be wrong.
T Assuming the high B is OK, run
along the notes going down the scale.
If you find a wrong note, check the
associated resistor and correct the
problem. Repeat until they are all
correct.
T Remember that all lower notes are
built on the preceding notes, so you
should only fix a resistor associated
36
Silicon Chip
Parts List – Styloclone
1 134 × 189 × 55mm sloping ABS desktop instrument case
[Altronics H0400] OR
4 M3 × 10mm tapped Nylon spacers
1 double-sided PCB coded 23106241 (case version), 179 × 123mm OR
1 double-sided PCB coded 23106242 (standalone version), 207 × 124.5mm
1 57mm diameter 8Ω 700mW loudspeaker (SPK1) [Altronics C0610]
2 PCB-mount right-angle miniature SPDT toggle switches (S1, S2)
[Altronics S1320]
1 200Ω top-adjust mini trimpot (VR1)
1 5kΩ 16mm single-gang linear (B5K) potentiometer (VR2)
1 5kΩ 16mm single-gang logarithmic (A5K) potentiometer (VR3)
1 PCB-mount 9V battery holder (BAT1) [Altronics S5048]
1 PCB-mount 3.5mm SPST chassis-mount mono jack socket
(CON1; optional) [Altronics P0090]
2 2-way 5mm/5.08 miniature PCB-mounting terminal blocks (CON2, CON3)
4 M3 × 6mm panhead machine screws
4 M3 shakeproof (star) washers
1 ballpoint pen case
1 short M4 panhead machine screw
1 9V battery
2 short 2.5mm- or 3.5mm-wide cable ties (‘zip ties’)
1 60cm length of white silicone-insulated hookup wire
(outside diameter ~2.5mm) [Altronics W2407]
Semiconductors
1 555 timer IC, DIP-8 (IC1)
1 LM386N mono amplifier IC, DIP-8 (IC2)
1 BC549 30V 100mA NPN transistor, TO-92 (Q1)
1 1N5819 40V 1A schottky diode (D1)
Capacitors (16V electrolytic unless noted)
1 470μF
1 10μF 50V electrolytic
1 220μF
2 1μF ±5% 63V/100V MKT
1 100μF
8 100nF 63V/100V MKT
Resistors (all 1/4W 1% axial unless noted)
1 270kΩ
4 1kΩ
4 120Ω
1 120kΩ
1 240Ω
1 100Ω
2 68kΩ
2 220Ω
2 91Ω
1 47kΩ
4 200Ω
2 82Ω
1 10kΩ
2 180Ω
1 75Ω
3 4.7kΩ
2 150Ω
2 68Ω
1 3.3kΩ
1 130Ω
1 2.7Ω (5% OK)
with a wrong note if all the notes above
it are correct.
Switch on the vibrato using switch
S2 and check that you get a warbling
effect. Now you should have a working Styloclone.
We used VR1 and VR2 to tune the
upper A on our unit to 440Hz. At this
frequency, the resistors we selected
have pretty much the whole range
of notes in tune (just as importantly,
you’ll be in tune with a concert grand
piano). The tuning process is:
1. Using a DMM, adjust trimpot
VR1 to achieve 1110W between TP1
and TP2.
2. Adjust tuning potentiometer VR2
to get 440Hz at pin 3 of IC1 when the
Australia's electronics magazine
upper A is played. If you have a frequency meter, probe the speaker output.
3. Check that the other notes are in
tune. If they are not, use a DMM to
check the associated resistor values.
How long will the battery last? That
depends on how loud you play it.
When switched on but not playing a
note, ours drew 8.5mA. A typical 9V
battery would idle for about 50 hours
before going flat. At moderate volumes, the current draw increases to
about 60mA, which means it should
provide about 3-6 hours of playing
time.
You should now be set to go and
create your masterpiece!
SC
siliconchip.com.au
The Melbourne Society of Model & Experimental Engineers presents the
“Let’s Make It” Exhibition
21st September 2024 • Saturday 10am - 5Pm
South Oakleigh College, Bakers Rd, South Oakleigh, Victoria, Australia
See model steam and petrol engines running, home-built clocks ticking, robotics whirring,
electronics zapping then view creative dioramas and textile displays – the Melbourne Society of
Model and Experimental Engineer’s “Let’s Make It” Exhibition will inspire everyone to make stuff.
For further information contact Bruce Rodda via email brucerodda<at>yahoo.com
Electronics Manufacturing
in Australia
Australia has a long history in local electronics manufacturing, from garages to vast
factories employing hundreds of people. Many products were designed and built
here by brands including Astor, AWA, EMI, Pye, Philips, Malvern Star (they made
pushbikes too!), Hot Point, Whirlpool and many more.
Part 1 by Kevin Poulter
S
ome of the biggest brands like Pye,
Philips and AWA (through connections to Marconi) had the advantage of having links to European or
American radio manufacturers. So
many early radios sold under those
brands were imported or arrived as kits
for assembly here. Soon, that evolved
into local design and production.
This first part of the series will cover
manufacturing by Pye Telecommunications Ltd, where I had considerable experience. Part two will cover
radio and TV manufacturers including
AWA, Astor and EMI/HMV.
Pye’s UK heritage
Pye was founded by W G Pye in
Cambridge, England as a supplier of
38
Silicon Chip
scientific instruments to Cambridge
University. In 1925, he hired Charles
Orr Stanley to lead their domestic
radio production.
Pye initially struggled in this sector, as they were arguably the best
in their field and met the stringent
rules to avoid signal radiation. That
resulted in high selling prices and
poor sensitivity, both disasters in the
open consumer market. Pye noted that
other brands made cheaper, better-
performing radios due to less strict
compliance with emissions rules, so
they took that path.
Soon, Pye was a popular brand and
its radios could receive a host of stations, even those in mainland Europe.
Australian Pye domestic receiver
and commercial telecommunications production started in 1949 at
Abbotsford, Victoria, near Melbourne.
Imports from the UK supplemented
those sets. Despite local competitors,
the Telecommunications division was
very successful and Pye built a huge
Captions; top left: manufacturing Base Stations like the F60 in the 1960s.
Top right: the assembly line for UHF transceivers. The line on the far right is
winding coils.
Bottom two: the crystal clean room, for assembling frequency control crystals,
around 1970.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
purpose-built Telecommunications
plant in Clarinda, near Clayton, in
Melbourne’s southeast.
It was vast, capable of accommodating about 200 staff. The managers included some from the UK, who
brought over their extensive production experience. The Australian
demand for two-way radios was vital
to the success of this factory, as mobile
phones were just a “Dick Tracy” fantasy at that time.
Locally-made parts
Each Australian manufacturer
that made products independently
of overseas (sometimes parent) companies decided how much would be
made in-house. AWA and Philips
made nearly every component locally,
including valves and transistor components, while Pye’s model was to buy
those parts, including Rola speakers.
Regardless, Pye Telecommunications made nearly every part of their
transceivers, including all the metalwork, stamping out chassis, coils,
wafer switches, screen-printing/etching printed circuit boards, tag strips,
some transformers, relays, cavity resonators and quartz crystals. The massive metal stamping equipment in the
open-plan building ensured the factory was not silent!
The military demanded high-
quality parts and tropical jungle-safe
techniques like encapsulating parts
and assemblies (sealing them with a
varnish-like coating). There, I learned
how to gold-plate copper on circuit
boards, which looked just like a basic
science experiment.
The military sent inspectors to
check items during production and
witness testing procedures, which
were more involved than those of any
civilian customer. Much of the factory was abuzz before the inspectors
arrived, taking special care to select
above-average products and ensure
that all areas were neat and tidy.
The Special Projects room developed, built and/or adapted products
outside the normal Pye product range
so that large contracts could be supplied.
A Pye Overland F10 type FM706 D/V/12 on top of a PS728 power
supply. The mains unit (pictured) and a Tulip (Lily) microphone enabled
a mobile two-way to be a compact base station. This was one of the power
supplies that blew up upon testing. Circa 1970s.
The all-valve Pye PTC 116 Reporter,
in radio-telephone mode, from
the 1959 range made at Pye
Abbotsford, Vic. It was
used in Australian taxis,
fire engines, ambulances,
for ship-to-shore
communications and many
other applications.
The big Philips takeover
Pye Tulip microphones
were iconic accessories
for decades. There were
two main components: an
electromagnetic dynamic
microphone and a push-totalk microswitch.
In 1967, Philips took over Pye
worldwide, although it was not until
1970 that Philips and Pye Telecommunications merged manufacturing. Most
of the facts in this article apply equally
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 39
A UHF Transceiver developed by Pye for the Department of Civil Aviation,
seen here in September 1964. It was fitted in a 19-inch rack and similar
units were supplied to the RAAF. Cavity resonators are visible; they were
used to peak the tuning.
to Philips’ situation after the takeover.
Pye Clayton staff were relieved to find
that nearly all their staff remained;
only a few Philips staff merged into
key positions.
The Philips Telecommunications
Manufacturing Company Limited
(Philips-TMC for short), Radio Communication Division, head office and
factory were at Clarinda Road, Clayton
in Melbourne.
Philips-TMC combined the experience and technical know-how of the
global Philips and Pye companies to
create the largest and most experienced manufacturer of two-way radio
equipment in Australia.
They marketed two-way radios
throughout Australia and 40 other
countries. The company maintained
Australia’s largest, best-equipped
after-sales service organisation, with
branches in all mainland capital cities and 97 authorised distributors
nationwide.
Philips-TMC was represented in
Fiji, the Philippines, Hong Kong,
Singapore, Malaysia, Taiwan, Papua
New Guinea, Thailand and Indonesia, among other countries. Two-way
radios were also assembled in Indonesia for local supply.
Pye products were still available
for a while, with many being simply
re-branded Philips designs. Eventually, the Philips 1680 became the main
mobile two-way radio product. At the
production level, very few changes
were noted, other than a visit by the
director of Philips.
If a client wanted a limited number of transceivers that were outside
the standard product range, two-way
radios like the Pye Cambridge were
imported from the UK. Many mobiles
and rack-mounted equipment were
exported to Pacific islands and Asian
countries. In a surprising turn of
events, Philips Melbourne received a
large order for Australian model 1680
mobiles from the Dutch Police!
Manufacturing structure
Pye played a leading role at the 1956 Olympics in Melbourne, providing twoway radios, loudhailers, television cameras and domestic TVs used as monitors.
This technical room was used to monitor and service all their equipment.
40
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
Factory sections included Assembly, Accounting, Testing, Metal Fabrication, Special Projects, Parts Store,
Printed Circuit boards, Coils, Design,
Sales, Purchasing, Promotion, Crystal
Production, Order Processing, Canteen, Export and Despatch.
Challenges abound when competitors exist, so Pye had local and export
Sales Teams. Customers included a
siliconchip.com.au
host of Australian companies, especially those with fleets of vans for, say,
TV repairs, CFA (Country Fire Authority), city fire brigades, government,
military, taxis, police, DCA (Department of Civil Aviation), the Flying
Doctors and much more.
A highlight from the early days was
the 1956 Olympics in Melbourne, with
Pye supplying ship-to-shore communications from the Royal Yacht Britannia to the Royal vehicles for the Duke
of Edinburgh, and televisions to monitor the games.
A large quartz crystal plant was built
next to the Pye plant, arguably the best
in Australia. Natural Brazilian quartz
was imported and X-rayed for the best
cutting angle. Calculations were sent
by landline overnight to the Monash
University large computer. Those calculations could be done now in seconds on a laptop, but it was the best
procedure available at the time.
When the Pye technician arrived in
the morning, he hoped there had not
been any glitch in the transmission,
or it was back to square one, redoing
it the following night.
Pye experimented with new techniques for quicker and more reliable
production of products such as crystals.
During the normal process, a finished crystal wafer was gold-plated
and mounted on two delicate wire
connectors. The base and top cover
were then soldered together and evacuated during the final sealing. Since
soldering creates high temperatures,
engineering thought: why not use
cold welding? It seemed like a winwin: fewer staff would be required,
and there would be little heat in the
process.
Initially, there were many failures
in getting the correct settings without
contamination. However, they made
it work in the end.
Another bright idea occurred for
optimising the production of twoway radios. The plan was to push all
the parts onto the main circuit board,
bend the component tails for more
grip on the copper tracks, then cut
off the excess leads. Next, a conveyor
belt took the completed board into a
molten solder bath, with a speed control to adjust the time the parts were
exposed to the solder.
It was soon discovered that running
the conveyor too quickly resulted in
many dry joints while running it too
siliconchip.com.au
A Pye microphone and earphone in a handset for a telephone-like experience.
They were re-branded as Philips by this time in the 1970s.
The Pye Victor, one of the last
valve-based two-way radios made in Australia. All
products are from Kevin Poulter’s collection and were photographed by him
using a Nikon P900 and in-camera flash.
Manufacturing and testing Pye Overland two-way radios. The test gear seen here,
like the Marconi signal generator and AVO meter, will be known to many readers.
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 41
Top: Ian Hyde (in white overalls)
arriving at the docks to service Pye
gear in a Navy ship.
Left: Marlene checking the cut angle
of a quartz wafer using diffraction
X-ray equipment, c1970.
Bottom: servicing a Pye mobile
PTC116 mobile telephone in a Navy
ship in the 1950s.
42
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
slowly resulted in ‘cooked’ components. It is now a standard soldering
technique used for many products that
still use through-hole components,
called “wave soldering”.
It could be said that, next to sales
and design, the company’s backbone
was the mums who sat on the production line, each assembling just a small
portion of the mobile radio. Provided
the supervisor was not watching, they
chatted about family matters as they
added their quota of parts to the radio.
Usually, this worked very well.
One of the items assembled on the
line was a rugged 12V power supply
that enabled a mobile radio to operate on mains and thus become a small
base station. The lady on assembly
soldered the massive filter capacitors in place, then the finished unit
went to test.
With considerable confidence, the
test technician flicked the on switch,
and there was instantaneously an
unearthly “BANG”, not unlike a shotgun, and the factory filled with smoke.
The lady had wired the part in with
reversed polarity! I recently met the
test technician, who was rather rattled by the explosion but uninjured.
Parts anyone?
One of the biggest challenges was
to make a list of parts for a new product so that they could be made or
ordered with enough time to supply
the production process. Halting the
assembly line to wait for parts was
a ‘must avoid at all costs’ situation.
Some parts needed multiple steps, like
metal stamping and cadmium plating
(passivation), painting, captive nuts
machined in place, or parts like feedthroughs.
The latter was a plated nail surrounded by an insulator. When
pressed into a small hole in the chassis, the feedthrough enabled a wire to
be soldered on the top and bottom of
the nail, thus enabling voltage to be
transferred from the top of the chassis
to underneath.
Parts were ordered with around 10%
excess to cover failures, damage and
shortfalls. Potential losses occurred
when parts were dropped to the floor
by assembly ladies or staff who used
components to make their own projects (‘foreign orders’).
Faced with considerable production delays when some parts ran out,
management asked the ladies to be
siliconchip.com.au
careful not to drop parts like resistors. All parts in stock were housed
in a cyclone-caged store. Parts could
only be obtained internally with a requisition slip signed by a senior staff
member.
The order processing department
was the link between sales and production or, in the case of crystals,
between the client and production.
Products were ordered from the factory using a form with key data like
the customer name, the required delivery dates, model numbers, transmission frequencies and ordering codes.
A Philips FM320, made in the ex-Pye factory.
Competition
Competitors like AWA and Pye tolerated each other; for example, AWA
used Pye crystals. Some readers may
identify AWA, Marconi, and Eddystone test equipment in the photographs. Pye had no reservations about
using competitor’s test equipment.
AWA also made components branded
MSP (Manufacturer’s Special Products) so that competitors could use
them without having an AWA logo
on their gear.
The Golden Era ends
The two-way radio businesses
boomed as so many Australians
needed wireless communications.
Two-way radios in ambulances and
fire engines helped save lives. Thousands of Australians benefited,
through employment at the parent company or at the suppliers.
Like so many products, the
industry’s demise was due to politics,
the introduction of the mobile phone
and overseas competition.
Philips Two-way Radio in Australia
closed decades ago, with some staff
moving to Simoco. Today, a small
number of Australian speciality companies survive in the world electronics
market by making unique items, such
as modules for space vehicles and sensors for food production.
An internal view of the Philips FM320. The components and
construction techniques used would be familiar to many of our readers.
Conclusion & future articles
For more information on Pye Telecommunications Australia in the
1950s, please visit siliconchip.au/
link/abvb
The second article in this series
will cover other brands that manufactured electronics in Australia, especially televisions and radiograms. The
brands featured will include EMI/
HMV and AWA.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
PYE Australia Quartz Crystal frequency control products, circa 1970. The plain
silver box is a TCXO (temperature compensated crystal oscillator). Top left is
the outside and inside of a crystal filter.
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 43
Dual Mini LED Dice
This article is a blend of the old and the new. It’s
similar to our May 1994 Dual LED Dice design but
has been updated to use more modern parts (still
with discrete logic) and runs from a 3V coin cell. As
we have used mostly SMDs (on the larger side), it
will easily fit in your pocket.
Project by Nicholas Vinen
T
his small board ‘rolls’ two sixsided ‘dice’ each time you activate it, giving you a pair of random numbers in two different colours.
It’s small and light at just 60 × 28 ×
15mm so it’s convenient to use. You
could even build two or three for
games that require more than two dice
to be rolled.
I am sure there are plenty of dice
apps on smartphones these days, but
there’s something pleasing about a
design based on old-fashioned discrete
logic with Das Blinkenlights (in this
case, 14 LEDs). I also think it’s interesting to have such simple circuitry that
does a useful job and only draws a few
milliamps. It even switches itself off
automatically, so the small coin cell
should last a long time.
One thing I did to make it a little
more interesting is add the option of
triggering the dice roll with a vibration sensor. That way, you can shake
it to roll! That part is optional, but it’s
pretty fun as you can just pick it up and
quickly get some random numbers.
Coming up snake eyes
My original plan was to shamelessly
copy borrow the May 1994 project circuit by Darren Yates, change the parts
to make it run from a lower voltage
and redesign the PCB to be smaller.
However, I quickly ran into a problem.
He had used four 4000-series logic
ICs: two 4015 dual 4-bit shift registers
and two 4093 quad schmitt-trigger
NAND gates. The shift registers kept
track of the state of the dice and also
did some of the ‘decoding’ to drive the
LEDs (more on that later). The NAND
gates formed the oscillators to ‘roll’ the
dice & performed some logic to always
keep the shift registers in valid states.
There are direct equivalent 74-series
logic chips to the 4093 NAND gates,
such as the 74HC132, which would
run from a 3V supply. However, I
could not find any such equivalent of
the 4015 dual 4-bit shift registers, at
least, not at a reasonable price. There
are 74-series shift registers but single eight-bit shift registers seem to be
much more common/popular than
dual 4-bit types.
So, while it might be possible to
base a new circuit off the old one, it
would make building it quite expensive, which I thought was against the
spirit of the project. I wanted to have
cheap kits, under $20 each, to make it
a fun device that you can build several
of if you are so inclined.
So, back to the drawing board then,
to come up with an equivalent circuit
using more modern (readily available
and inexpensive) parts. While I was
revising the design, I thought I would
see if I could come up with a way to
do it with fewer chips. Spoiler: my
design uses just three to do the same
job (with two spare logic gates!). But
before we get to that, let’s look at the
problem I had to solve.
Of course, I considered using a PIC
to do this, but what’s the fun in that?
The software would be trivial and the
resulting board would be tiny and
pretty cheap to build, but it would be
a ‘black box’. Keeping with the discrete
logic means that anyone can understand how the circuit works.
Rolling the bones
There are basically four things a
battery-powered circuit needs to do
to emulate rolling two dice:
1. Switch on when the button is
pressed (and switch itself off some
time later, so you can’t forget)
2. Trigger two oscillators when the
button is pressed, each
The SMD and through-hole LED prototypes. Both versions have the option
of a white or black PCB. The black PCB is showing the dice rolls four & three, while
the white PCB shows six & one (although it’s only faintly visible due to the camera flash).
44
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
of which increments the number on a
die, going through the sequence 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 1... with decreasing frequency,
so it eventually stops on two numbers.
3. Keep track of what number each
die is currently showing.
4. Convert that number (1-6) into a
pattern of LEDs akin to the dots on the
face of a traditional die.
For #1, I decided on a trick we’ve
used a few times in previous projects:
a Mosfet with a capacitor and parallel resistor between gate and source,
plus a second resistor (and in this
case, diode) to pull the gate up when
the button is pressed. The RC time
constant of the first two components
sets the maximum time the Mosfet
will remain on, powering the circuit,
before switching itself off.
The advantage of this approach is
its simplicity and low cost, requiring
just one small Mosfet (as the circuit’s
current requirements are low) and a
few passives. The disadvantage is that
it switches off by slowly lowering the
supply voltage. That means the dice
LEDs fade out rather than just switching off, but I can’t see the harm in that.
That gives you a bit of warning that it’s
going to switch off!
For #2, I copied the design from
the May 1994 circuit, where the
same button that switches the unit
on also charges up a pair of capacitors that control two oscillators using
schmitt-trigger NAND gates as inverters. The voltage on the capacitor affects
the oscillator rate, so they slow down
and then stop when you release the
button.
I made one change here; the original
circuit used two capacitors of identical values and relied on the fact that
no two capacitors will be exactly the
same value to cause the oscillators to
desynchronise, so you don’t get the
same numbers on each die.
I found that did not work too well –
in one test, I had 20 rolls in a row where
both dice gave the same number! I think
this was because the oscillators were
close enough that feedback through
the power supply was locking them
together. Using two different values for
the capacitors fixed that, and I think
it’s more pleasing that the ‘dice’ stop
at different times; just like real ones.
#3 and #4 are where the designs
really differ, and this is where I was
able to save one IC. Unlike the 1994
design, where state-keeping and
decoding were somewhat muddled
siliconchip.com.au
together, my design keeps them mostly
separate.
To keep track of the state of each
die, instead of using shift registers, I
am using the registers in a dual 4-bit
counter IC, the common 74HC393.
Normally each counter will go from
0 to 15 and then back to 0, repeating
forever, with the counter incrementing on each clock pulse. However, we
want it to roll back to zero after five,
so it has six discrete states.
We achieve that by creating a ‘crude’
AND gate for each counter out of a
dual common anode schottky diode.
We connect the cathodes to the O1
and O2 outputs, the anode to the CLR
input and pull the CLR input up with
a resistor.
Fig.1 shows how the O1 and O2
outputs both go high for the first time
when the counter reaches 6. It is at this
point that the diode stops conducting,
allowing the pull-up resistor to assert
the clear input, causing the counter to
reset to zero. When it resets, O1 and
O2 go low, so clear is immediately de-
asserted. This causes the counter to go
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 2, 3...
LED driving
So we have our die states and we
can roll them, but how do we drive the
LEDs? I spent a couple of hours pondering how to convert the O0-O2 outputs of each counter to the six required
LED states that are shown in Fig.1, trying to find the absolute minimum of
low-cost logic to do it.
The logic required can be minimised
by driving some LEDs from one end,
with others driven at both ends. By
driving the LED from both ends, we
effectively get a ‘free gate’, because it
will only light in one of the four possible states of a pair of digital outputs.
It will light with the anode pulled
high and the cathode low. In two other
states (low/low and high/high), there
is no voltage across the LED. In the
fourth, it is reverse-biased and will not
conduct (at least, not with the meagre
3V we are applying).
Complicating things a bit is the fact
that our counter doesn’t go from 1 to
6, but from 0 to 5. I considered that we
don’t necessarily need the numbers to
come in order; as long as all are present
and equally likely. However, I figured
out a way for them to occur in order,
so I kept it that way.
The problem with mapping counter
values of 0-5 to die face numbers of 1-6
Australia's electronics magazine
is that the O1 and O2 outputs change
on the counter transitions from 1 to 2,
3 to 4 and 5 to 0 on the counter. That
would correspond to die face values of
2 & 3, 4 & 5 and 6 & 1, when those are
actually the most similar states (two
of them differing only by the state of
the middle LED).
Instead, I decided that a counter
value of zero should show six on the
die face, with the other five values
(1-5) mapping to those same values
on the die face. That makes decoding
much easier, but keeps the numbers
in sequence (6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2...).
Circuit details
Having decided on that, we can
immediately sort out the central LED.
It is always lit for odd numbers but
never for even numbers. As shown in
Fig.1, O0 is always high for odd die
case numbers and low for even ones,
so we just need to connect the O0 output to the middle LED’s anode (via a
resistor) and connect its cathode to
ground, as shown in Fig.2, and it will
light at the right times.
Next, let’s consider the two diagonal
LEDs that will light initially to show
two, then three, remaining on for four,
five and six. We could chose either
diagonal pair but I have opted for LED2
(upper left) and LED3 (lower right), as
per Fig.1. The only die face number
Fig.1: how the three binary counter
outputs O0-O2 correspond to the
counter value and die faces.
August 2024 45
where they are off is one; they are on
for the five remaining possibilities.
The logic required to detect a one
from the O0-O2 outputs is O0 AND
NOT (O1 OR O2), which gives 1 for
a die face of one and 0 for everything
else. That can be rewritten as O0 AND
(O1 NOR O2). NAND ICs are more
common than AND, but that’s OK
because using one instead just inverts
the result, meaning we get a result of
0 for a die face of one from IC2b/IC1c.
We therefore connect this gate output (pin 8 of IC1c) to the anodes of
LED2 & LED3, connect their cathodes
to ground, and they will light for any
die face state but one.
So far, besides the counter IC, we
just need two NOR gates and two
NAND gates for both dice. Two-input
logic ICs usually have four gates each,
so with one NOR and one NAND IC,
we have two of each gate type left. We
want to use two NAND gates for our
oscillators, leaving us with just two
NOR gates. Is that enough to drive the
remaining four LEDs?
Actually, we don’t need any more
logic gates; we’ve already performed
all the logic we need! The other two
diagonal LEDs, LED6 & LED7, need to
light for die face states of four, five and
six. That’s the same set of states as for
LED2 & LED3, except the ones where
the O1 output is high (two and three).
Therefore, all we need to do is connect the anodes of LED6 & LED7 to
the same point as LED2 and LED3
and connect their cathodes to the O1
output. LED6 and LED7 will therefore light when LED2 and LED3 are,
except when the O1 output is high. In
that case, both ends of LED6 & LED7
will be at the same voltage. Therefore,
LED6 and LED7 are off for values of 1,
2 & 3 and on for 4-6.
Finally, we have the middle LEDs on
either side, LED4 & LED5. They only
come on to show six, when all three
digital outputs of the counter, O0-O2,
are low. We already have a NOR gate
(IC2b) combining outputs O1 and O2;
its output will be high only for two die
face values, one and six. So all we need
to do is eliminate one.
So we connect the NOR gate output
(pin 4 of IC2b) to the anodes of LED4
Fig.2: the circuit is based on one dual 4-bit counter, four
schmit-trigger NAND gates, two NOR gates and a few
other bits.
46
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
& LED5, and join their cathodes to the
O0 output. They will only light when
the anode is high (states one & six)
and cathode is low (states two, four
and six). Therefore, they only light
up for six.
That’s it – all LEDs are lit at the
appropriate times, and we have two
NOR gates to spare! I couldn’t think
of anything useful to do with them; I
suppose they could have been used to
buffer some LEDs, so the NAND gate
didn’t need to drive so many, but I
found it easier to leave them unused
and tie their inputs to GND.
Power supply and oscillators
22μF capacitor C6 is usually charged
up to the full cell voltage, so Q1’s gatesource voltage is 0V and it remains off.
The circuit’s ground is therefore disconnected from the bottom end of the
cell, and the circuit is not powered. In
case of any leakage, C6 is kept charged
by the 10MW resistor between Q1’s gate
and source terminals.
When the contacts of S1 (tactile
pushbutton) or S2 (vibration switch)
close, current can flow from the positive terminal of the 3V cell via the two
schottky diodes in D5 to two places.
One of those current paths flows
through a 1kW resistor to discharge C6,
raising Q1’s gate voltage to around 3V
and switching it (and thus the rest of
the circuit) on.
Once the switch is released, the
10MW resistor slowly recharges C6,
eventually switching Q1 and the rest
of the circuit off after about a minute.
22μF capacitor C7 is discharged at
the same time, via a second 1kW resistor, but this one charges more quickly,
via a 100kW resistor to ground. This
produces the voltage that varies the
oscillator speed from fast to slow, then
stopped, to simulate the dice roll.
That voltage starts high when the
switch is pressed and then drops.
It is applied to the inputs of both
schmitt-trigger inverters (IC1a and
IC1d) via 1MW resistors, charging up
the 47nF & 68nF capacitors from those
points to ground. Once those capacitors charge to a certain point, the output of the inverter goes low, discharging the capacitor quickly via D3 or D4.
The cycle then repeats.
We only use parallel diodes for D3
and D4 so that we can use identical
diode parts throughout the circuit,
making component sourcing and construction easier.
siliconchip.com.au
As the ‘dice roll’ voltage drops, the
charge current through 1MW resistor drops, so it takes more and more
time for the oscillator cycle to complete. When the voltage from C7 drops
below the negative-going threshold
of schmitt-trigger inverters IC1a and
IC1d, they can no longer oscillate, and
the dice display remains static until a
switch contact closes or the unit powers down.
The reason we have both C6 and
C7 is that we want C6 to charge more
slowly, so the unit stays on for a while,
but C7 charges fast so the dice roll
completes within a couple of seconds.
There is a 22μF capacitor across the
coin cell to improve its surge current
capability, plus a 22μF bypass capacitor for IC1 and 100nF bypasses for IC2
and IC3. A high-value bypass capacitor is used for IC1 because we don’t
want voltage variations due to different LEDs lighting to affect the oscillators too much, or that could bias the
dice rolls (increasing the chance of
them stopping on certain numbers).
The different value oscillator capacitors (47nF & 68nF) ensure the oscillators run at different rates, so there is
no relationship between the number
shown on the two dice.
LED colours
You could use the same colour of
LED for both die faces but we think
it’s helpful to have them be different
colours. For example, if two people
need to roll one die, you can assign
them each a colour and roll them
together. Still, it’s up to you.
We chose blue and red because
they both have a high efficiency and
give similar brightness with 1kW current-limiting resistors running from a
3V supply. The red LEDs do draw a little more current, as they have a lower
forward voltage, but both are pretty
economical on power. The blue LEDs
are quite bright at about 0.5mA while
the red LEDs are similar at around
1.2mA.
We tried green LEDs and they barely
lit up with the 1kW series resistors running from 3V. We considered lower
resistor values but that would put quite
a strain on the button cell. Another
colour that could work well is white.
Yellow or amber LEDs might work
well if they are high-efficiency types.
A note on vibration sensors
One of the biggest challenges during
Australia's electronics magazine
the development of this project was
finding vibration sensors that actually
worked! One of the most common such
devices is the SW-18010P, which we
have used before. However, it turns out
that there a lot of dud/fake/counterfeit/
badly made devices around sold under
the name SW-18010P. So you have to
make sure you get them from a reputable supplier.
The first lot of SW-18010Ps we got
were complete duds, despite getting
them from a supplier who had sent us
good parts previously. They have tiny
writing on the black body, as shown
below. While they showed some signs
of life, you had to shake them at Earthquake Magnitude 10 level to get any
sort of switch closure and it seemed
very inconsistent. So in the bin they
went.
Thinking that maybe the SW-18010P
was not a good part to use, we looked
for alternatives and found several
likely ones: the SW-200D, SW-420D
and SW-520D, all described as “highly
sensitive vibration switches”. We duly
purchased some of each, and were
shocked upon receiving them to find
that they were all tilt sensors, not
vibration sensors!
It’s easy to tell that because you
can hear a ball rolling inside them
when you tip them, and they have a
high resistance in some orientations
and a low resistance in others, even
when static. So they clearly were not
suitable.
Finally, we found a seller online
who actually supplied us with
SW-18010P sensors that worked. As
you can see in the photo, they have a
slightly lighter body and larger writing. DigiKey also sells the AdaFruit
version of this part (Cat 1528-2158ND) which would be a good option if
you need to buy it yourself.
Still, our kits will come with parts
that we’ve checked and found to be
working, so if you build this from a kit,
Two different SW-18010P vibration
sensors we purchased. We found that
the ones with smaller writing on the
side were highly unreliable! The ones
shown at the top work much better.
August 2024 47
The underside of the SMD (left) and through-hole (right) versions of the Dual
Mini LED Dice use the same components. There is also a Nylon screw used to secure the
coin cell, to reduce the risk of a child getting a hold of it.
you shouldn’t have to worry too much
about the sensor being functional. By
the way, the less-sensitive SW-18015
and SW-18020 devices are probably no
good because even the SW-18010P is
barely sensitive enough (you have to
give it a pretty firm shake to activate it).
While the vibration sensor makes it
a very fun device to use, it it is a bit of
a gimmick. Even though you have to
shake it fairly hard to get a good roll,
accidental triggering is still a problem.
For example, if you transport it in a
car, it will roll the dice if you go over
a pothole or big bump in the road. If
you keep it in a pocket, it could be triggered while you walk, wearing down
the battery.
If you’re playing a game and depend
on a good roll, we suggest you use the
pushbutton to roll the dice as it seems
to give better randomisation. Still,
as long as you make sure you give it
a good shake, it seems to work well
enough, and it certainly will wake it
up from sleep reliably.
Construction
Despite the design being mostly
SMD based, we’ve chosen to use 3mm
through-hole LEDs as we think they
look more like the coloured dimples on
a die face and, as their lenses project
above the tops of the SMDs, they stop
the other components on the board
from detracting from the LED display.
We have produced an alternative
PCB (coded 08103242) that uses SMA/
M3216/1206 (imperial) sized SMD
LEDs instead, for any constructors who
might prefer the slimmer result. We
could have designed a PCB to accept
both but then we think it wouldn’t
have looked as good when using the
3mm through-hole LEDs.
Both PCBs measure 59.5 × 26mm
and the overlay diagrams are shown in
Figs.3 & 4. Components mount on both
sides of the PCB. The top side mainly
has the LEDs and their current-limiting
48
Silicon Chip
resistors, while all the ICs and the battery are on the other side. Once assembled, the whole thing can be encapsulated in a length of clear heatshrink
tubing for protection.
We recommend that you start by
mounting all the SMDs on the side of
the PCB with the LEDs (the ‘front’). The
resistors will be labelled with codes
like those shown in the parts list; you
may need a magnifier to see them. The
capacitors will not be labelled so don’t
get them mixed up once you remove
them from their packages.
There are various ways to solder
these components but the way we
assembled the prototype was to put
a little solder on one pad then, holding the part with tweezers, slide it
into place while heating that solder.
We removed the iron and let it solidify once the part was centred on its
pads. We then checked its alignment
and, if it was off, reheated the solder
and gently repositioned the part with
tweezers.
Once it was nicely centred and flat
on the board, we soldered the opposite
pad, ensuring we added enough solder
for it to flow onto and adhere to both
the pad and part. We then waited for
that to solidify, added a tiny bit of flux
paste to the initial joint and heated it
with the iron tip to reflow it. Repeat
until all the passives are in place on
the top side.
Next, mount Mosfet Q1 (SOT-23)
towards lower left. Use a similar technique but this time there are three pins
to solder. Follow with the other SOT23 package devices on the top side,
diodes D3 through D5.
If you are building the board with
SMD LEDs, fit them next. Don’t get the
different colours mixed up or it will
look odd; use all the same colour LEDs
for each die face. Ensure the cathodes
are orientated as shown for LED1 in
Fig.4. You can check this with a DMM
set on diode test mode. Carefully touch
the probes to the LED leads. When it
lights up, the red probe is on the anode
and the black probe on the cathode.
Now is a good time to clean any
flux residue off this side of the board
with isopropyl alcohol, methylated
spirits or (ideally) a specialised flux
cleaning formula. After that, flip the
board over.
Parts on the other side
The three ICs mount on this side. All
three are in similar 14-pin SOIC packages, so don’t get them mixed up, and
make very sure that you identify pin 1
and locate it as shown on the underside overlay. It’s difficult to remove
and refit an SMD IC unless you have
a hot air station!
Use a similar technique as before,
tacking one pin in place and checking that all the pins are aligned over
their pads before soldering the other
corner pins, then the remainder. You
can add a little flux paste along both
rows of pins and drag solder them, or
just touch a soldering iron loaded with
a little solder to each pin and the flux
should draw it onto the pin and pad.
Don’t be too concerned if you accidentally bridge two pins. Once all
pins are soldered, check for bridges
and, if you find any, add more flux
paste to those pins and use a piece of
Both versions of the LED Dice
(shown at actual size) can be
covered with heatshrink for
protection. You can then use it
via the pushbutton, or by shaking
it (if you have mounted the
vibration sensor).
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
solder-wicking braid to draw off the
excess solder. Once all three ICs have
been soldered, clean off the flux residue and check that all the solder joints
are good with a magnifier, and verify
there are no bridges.
You can then fit the two remaining
diodes on this side, then the three
100nF capacitors and two 100kW resistors. Clean off any new flux residue,
then flip the board back over and solder the tactile pushbutton in place.
Try to get it straight so it looks neat.
If using the through-hole LEDs, now
is a good time to solder them in. With
the board right-side up (the side that
the LEDs sit on), the anodes (longer
leads) all go towards the top, and the
flat side of the lenses to the bottom.
Insert each LED fully, then solder and
trim the leads once you are sure it is
sitting flat on the PCB.
Return to the underside of the
board and tin one of the rectangular
cell holder pads near the edge. Add a
smear of flux paste onto both of those
rectangular pads.
Rest the cell holder in place and
make sure the entry side is facing the
edge of the board (if you’re unsure of
the correct orientation, consult our
photos). Add a bit more flux paste
on top of the two tabs that rest on the
PCB. Once you’re sure it’s lined up
correctly, gently press it down and
feed solder onto one of the tabs. You
may need to turn your iron up due to
the thermal mass of the metal holder.
If you will be using the vibration
switch, leave it off for now as it’s easier to test the circuit without it.
Testing
If you have a current-limited bench
supply, you can set it to 3V/50mA and
connect it using clip leads. Clamp the
red alligator clip to the metal shell of
the cell holder but make sure it isn’t
touching any other components or
tracks on the PCB. Carefully clip the
black one to the edge of the PCB near
the cell holder so it contacts the round
pad under the holder but nothing else.
Switch the supply on.
If you don’t have that, you can just
use a lithium coin cell. They can’t
deliver a lot of current and it’s easy to
temporarily slip one into the side of
the cell holder, making enough contact to power the circuit but allowing
you to quickly pull it out if something
seems wrong.
Note that if you use a coin cell, the
siliconchip.com.au
Figs.3 & 4: we didn’t find the coin cell shorted the adjacent LED leads, but make
sure you trim them close to the PCB. For the SMD version, the LED cathodes all
go towards the bottom of the PCB.
circuit will take a little while (probably
60s) to settle. The LEDs may be dim at
first but should get brighter, assuming
you are using a fresh cell.
When power is applied, you should
Australia's electronics magazine
see the LEDs immediately light up
and the dice roll. If that doesn’t happen, or the circuit draws more than
20mA, switch it off check for incorrectly placed or soldered components.
August 2024 49
Parts List – Mini LED Dice
1 double-sided PCB coded 08103241, 59.5 × 26mm ●
1 SMD 20mm coin cell holder (BAT1)
1 CR2032 lithium coin cell
1 2-pin SMD tactile pushbutton (S1)
1 SW-18010P vibration sensing switch (S2) (optional)
1 75mm length of 30-40mm diameter clear heatshrink tubing
1 M2 × 6mm Nylon panhead machine screw
1 M2 Nylon hex nut
Semiconductors
1 74HC132 schmitt-trigger quad 2-input NAND gate CMOS IC, SOIC-14 (IC1)
1 74HC02 quad 2-input NOR gate CMOS IC, SOIC-14 (IC2)
1 74HC393 dual 4-bit binary counter CMOS IC, SOIC-14 (IC3)
1 AO3400 30V 5.8A N-channel logic-level Mosfet or equivalent, SOT-23 (Q1)
7 blue 3mm high-brightness diffused lens LEDs (LED1-LED7) ●
7 red 3mm high-brightness diffused lens LEDs (LED11-LED17) ●
5 BAT54A dual common-anode schottky diodes, SOT-23 (D1-D5)
Capacitors (all SMD M3216/1206 size 50V X7R unless noted)
4 22μF 6.3V 2 100nF
1 68nF
1 47nF
Resistors (all SMD M3216/1206 size 1% unless noted)
1 10MW (code 106 or 1005)
2 10kW (code 103 or 1002)
2 1MW (code 105 or 1004)
16 1kW (code 102 or 1001)
3 100kW (code 104 or 1003)
Substitutions for SMD LED version (replaces the parts marked with ●)
1 double-sided PCB coded 08103242, 59.5 × 26mm
(instead of PCB coded 08103241)
7 blue 3mm high-brightness SMD M3216/1206/SMA size LEDs (LED1-LED7)
7 red 3mm high-brightness SMD M3216/1206/SMA size LEDs
(LED11-LED17)
1 Mini LED Dice kit with through-hole LEDs (SC6849; $17.50)
2 Mini LED Dice kit with SMD LEDs (SC6961; $17.50)
Each kit includes everything in the parts list, except the cell. Price does not include postage.
A common cause of faults is a bridge
between IC pins that’s near the body
of the IC, making it hard to spot.
Assuming it’s working, check that
both dice show valid numbers (refer
to Fig.1). Press S1 and roll the dice,
then check again that the states are
valid. Repeat until you have seen all
six numbers on both dice.
If any of the dice don’t look right,
check if it’s because one or more LEDs
are not lighting. If so, they might be
connected backwards, have bad solder
joins or (in rare cases) be duds. If all
the LEDs are lighting but some of the
patterns are wrong, check for solder
bridges between IC pins or between
components.
About 30 seconds after pressing S1,
you should notice the LEDs fading out.
Typically the blue ones will fade out
and switch off before the red ones due
to their higher forward voltages. After
about 90 seconds, the LEDs should be
off and the circuit is in a low-power
state. Pressing S1 should switch it back
on and roll the dice again.
50
Silicon Chip
Note that it’s possible to get a short
roll with a short press of S1. The
results should still be random, but if
you want to be sure, hold it down for
a half a second or so rather than just
pressing it.
Final assembly
If you are fitting the vibration sensor, remove the cell and bend its leads
at right-angles to fit the PCB pads. We
suggest doing this with two pairs of
fine-nosed pliers to avoid damaging
the sensor by applying too much force
to the lead where it enters the sensor
body. Lay it over the rectangle in the
top-left corner of the board, solder it
in place and trim the leads.
Now reinsert the cell and shake the
board. It should switch on and roll
the dice. They should roll every time
you shake it.
Insert a short Nylon M2 machine
screw through the small hole in the
PCB, with the head next to the coin
cell, and add a Nylon hex nut on the
back. Do it up tightly, then trim off the
Australia's electronics magazine
excess screw shaft length with side
cutters. While it is almost impossible
for children to remove the coin cell
(due to the holder’s tightness), it provides an extra layer of safety against
especially keen toddlers.
Finally, slip a length of ~35mm
diameter clear heatshrink tubing over
the whole assembly, shrink it down
(try to spread the heat out, rather than
heating just one area) and trim the
ends. That will protect it from moisture, dust, shorting against anything
metal etc. To change the cell, cut it off
and shrink on a new piece.
You can use the board without the
heatshrink tubing but be aware that,
as parts of the circuit operate at fairly
high impedances to improve the battery life, your skin resistance (which
can be well under 100kW) can mess
with its operation. So it’s better to
sleeve it.
I noticed when I encapsulated the
prototype, because the board got quite
hot, it activated and the dice started
rolling really fast. It went back to normal when it cooled down. I put this
down to increased leakage through
the Mosfet due to heat, providing
enough current for the circuit to run,
along with changes to the schmitt-
trigger thresholds affecting the oscillator speed.
Also, if you are using the vibration
sensor, its operation could be affected
if it is squeezed too tight. I noticed a
slight reduction in sensitivity but that
could probably be fixed by adding a
small slit in the tubing near the sensor
to relieve the pressure on it. Alternatively, try to avoid shrinking the tubing fully in that area.
Conclusion
We aren’t sure whether the randomness of our Dual SMD LED Dice
is sufficiently good to run a tournament, but it should be fine for casual
game playing and it’s a conversation
piece compared to regular dice. It also
demonstrates what you can achieve
with some very simple digital logic!
If using the vibration sensor, it probably isn’t a good idea to keep it in a
bag, a pocket or a vehicle as it might
use up its battery quite quickly. SC
Coin Cell Precautions
Even though we have added protections
such as the locking screw, it is best to
make sure that children do not use this
device unattended.
siliconchip.com.au
Great Dad-Approved Gifts
ON SALE WED 14.08.2024 - SUN 01.09.2024
SPECIAL OFFERS*, LIMITED STOCK
Limited to 2 of each item per customer
• DRINK HOLDERS & RULER
• REVERSIBLE LID
• DIGITAL CONTROLS
7995
$
NOW
239
$
HOT PRICE
SAVE $110
V6 & V8
Engine Style
Can Coolers
30L Portable
Fridge/Freezer
34
Great compact, robust and reliable
fridge/freezer that fits perfectly in
your car, ute, or 4WD. GH2072
30% OFF SELECTED BRASS MONKEY FRIDGES
See more in-store and online
WITH QUICK
CHARGE™ &
POWER DELIVERY
NOW
Holds up to 6 or 8 regular
cans and bottles & keeps
them cool for hours
Separate ice compartment
down the centre
$
SAVE $15
10,000mAh
Power Bank
2 x USB ports with up to
3A combined output. MB3810
DAD-APPROV
ED
GIFT!
PERFECT GIFT
FOR THE CAR
LOVING DADS
*
DAD-APPROVE
GIFT!
NOW
V6 6 CANS GH1978
ONLY $79.95
V8 8 CANS GH1977
ONLY $89.95
See T&Cs on inside page.
MEASURES AC & DC
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
2995
2995
$
NOW
$
D
1.28"
TOUCHSCREEN
NOW
4995
SAVE $10
SAVE $15
Autoranging
Multimeter
Smart Watch
Phone push notifications, heart
rate & blood pressure monitor
and more. QC3110
Cat III 600V, 10A, 2000 count,
backlight, data hold. QM1529
ALL IN ONE GAMING
CONSOLE WITH OVER
150 GAMES
NOW
199
$
SAVE $50
249
$
CONNECTS TO YOUR
TV OR MONITOR
Retro Arcade Game Console
NOW
1080P
1TB
HDD
SAVE $150
Includes a 32GB microSD card to add your own games.
Ages 15+. GT4286
1080p 4 Channel DVR Kit with 2 x Cameras
Weatherproof cameras with built-in infrared LEDs for night
vision up to 20m. QV5040
Seen it cheaper? We'll beat it!
*Conditions apply - see website for full T&Cs.
NOW
599
$
SAVE $320
• MORE POWERFUL
• FASTER RECHARGE
• MORE PORTABLE
• SAFER
100Ah 12.8V Lithium
Deep Cycle Battery
Up to 10 times the battery life-cycle with only half
the weight of its lead-acid equivalent. SB2215
1 HOUR CLICK & COLLECT
Shop online & collect in-store
*Conditions apply - see website for full T&Cs.
Tinker Time
FREE
1KG ESUN PLA+
FILAMENT
11 colours available
TL4454 - TL4781
95
348
SAVE $50
$
FILAMENT
AUTO-FEED
RRP $44.95
*with purchase
of TL4751
FROM
4495
349
299
TL4430
Anycubic
2-In-1 Wash &
Cure Machine
Features 405nm UV
light and rotating
curing platform.
TL4424
Filament Storage
6 x Storage Bags with Vacuum Pump
TL4390 ONLY $44.95
KEEP YOUR FILAMENT IN
eSun eBox Dry Box
OPTIMUM CONDITION
TL4430 ONLY $99.95
109
$
GIFT!
SAVE
5 COLOURS
AVAIL ABLE
Monocure 3D
Resinaway - 2L
OVER $10
Non-flammable UV
resin cleaning solution.
NA1075
eSUN PLA Resin 1kg
High precision, smooth surface.
TL4435-TL4439 RRP $59.95EA
RASPBERRY PI BUNDLE
160
SAVE OVER
BUY ALL 3 FOR
$
$20
Raspberry Pi 4B Single
Board Computer
XC9100 RRP $129
Official Raspberry
Pi 4B Case
15.3W
Power Supply
XC9110 RRP $26.95
95
SAVE $6
INCLUDES UNO BOARD,
BREADBOARD &
PROTOTYPING
ACCESSORIES
Arduino® Compatible
Starter Kit
All the essentials to get started
in the exciting world of Arduino®.
5 projects described in the user
manual. XC3902
XC9122 RRP $24.95
NOW
29
$
MICRO:BIT BUNDLE
NOW
59
$
ONLY
9995
$
BUY 2 FOR
DAD-APPROVED
Print with speed and precision.
Ideal for printing highly
durable large models up to
220Hx220Wx250Lmm.
TL4751
ONLY
$
$
ONLY
Ender 3 V3 SE
Filament
3D Printer
BUY BOTH FOR
TL4390
SUPER
FAST
PRINTING
SPEED UP
TO 250MM/S
IDEAL FOR PRINTING HIGHLY
DURABLE LARGE MODELS
$
RESIN POST-PRINT
BUNDLE
For Dad's who make, tinker, or want to spend time with
his kids making on weekends.
NOW
2995
95
$
SAVE 10%
SAVE 25%
Arduino®
UNO R4 Minima
Development Board
Keyes Max
Development Board
90
94
SAVE $10
BUY BOTH FOR
$
micro:bit Starter Kit
micro:bit V2 Go
Development Board Bundle
Includes all the peripherals to get started
with micro:bit. Main development board
sold separately. XC4328 RRP $49.95
XC4324 RRP $54.95
XC9210
No More Socks! Here's Some Handy Gift Ideas for Dad
$
NOW
49
NOW
39
95
$
$
SAVE 10%
SAVE 15%
Lock Picking Kit
with Practice Padlock
Includes instructions and a see-through practice padlock
to get started. TH2200
Note: This kit is intended for lawful purposes only or private use.
ONLY
14 95
95
Smartphone
Repair Kit
24
PCS
Contains all necessary
tools you need to fix your
Smartphone from 4mm bits,
tweezers & more. TD2118
Arduino® compatible. Includes
20 ready-to-go projects. XC4417
FREE
6 PACK OF GLUE
STICKS TH1991
RRP $4.95
DAD-APPROV
27
PCS
Mini Glue Gun
GIFT!
ED
Mains powered. Suitable for toys,
models, cardboard, woodwork, and more. TH1997
Gift a gift card & let them choose. Gift cards can be purchased in increments of $20 to $500*
*Conditions apply - see page 3 for full T&Cs.
DIY Dad's
Tools and test essentials every Dad should
have in their toolbox or workshop.
D
PROVE
DAD -AP
5995
$
$
SAVE 25%
48W Hobbyist
Soldering Station
450ml 18W Ultrasonic Cleaner
Effectively clean jewellery and other small
parts. Mains powered. YH5415
Adjustable temperature (150-450°C).
Analogue setting. Ceramic element
and lightweight pencil. Spare tip
included. Mains powered. TS1564
ADJUSTABLE STAND
NOW
69
0.01G RESOLUTION
$
DAD-APPROVED
GIFT!
SOLDERING BUNDLE
90
184
SAVE $15
$
95
BUY ALL 3 FOR
SAVE $17
200g Mini
Bench Scale
NOW
69
$
ONLY
149
GIFT!
NOW
95
Extremely accurate. Weighs
in grams, carats, and
pennyweight. QM7259
SAVE $10
Desktop
Magnifier with LEDs
100mm 3-dioptre glass lens provides powerful
magnification. Features 30 LEDs for optimal
illumination. Changeable lens (sold separately).
QM3552
NOW
19
$
95
0.71mm
Solder - 200g
Solder Sucker
and Blower Bulb
Contains tin and lead 60/40.
NS3005 RRP $37.95
TH1850 RRP $12.95
INDENTATIONS TO HOLD
SCREWS & SMALL PARTS
DAD -AP
PR O V E
GIFT! D
SAVE 20%
UP TO 150M
SENSOR RANGE
FROM
$
4 45
HB6308
Storage Cases
HB6304
Ideal for carrying small
components. Cases with 6-19 compartments available.
HB6304-HB6308 RRP $4.45 - $20.95
MAGNETIC AREAS TO
SECURE METAL PARTS
Silicone Benchtop Work Mat
389 x 269mm. Made from heat resistant silicone.HM8102
2 SPEED
SETTINGS
FROM
36 95
$
Wireless Weather Station
with Long Range Sensor
NOW
99
$
HB6383
ABS Instrument Cases
SAVE $40
Robust cases with waterproof seals, stainless steel
hinge pins, and solid catches. 6 sizes available.
HB6381-HB6389 RRP $36.95 - $249
199
$
SAVE $50
BUILT-IN
LED LIGHT
HB6389
NOW
Rechargeable Air Duster
Features a 5-in-1 sensor, self-emptying rain collector for
measuring rainfall, anemometer, wind vane, temperature and
humidity sensors. XC0432
Get a gift card
& let them choose
Remove dust and fine debris from your electronics,
computer gear, and other delicate objects.
Rechargeable via USB. TH2630
No More Socks! Here's Some Handy Gift Ideas for Dad
$
NOW
4995
SAVE 10%
110
PCS
$
ONLY
4995
5
PCS
DAD-APPROVED
GIFT!
12V Rotary Tool Kit
Drill, saw, sand, polish, carve
or grind. TD2451
4 Pliers & 1
Cutter Tool Set
Stainless steel with
soft ergonomic grips.
TH1812
$
ONLY
4995
DAD -AP
PR O V E
GIFT!
D
Heavy Duty
Wire Stripper,
Cutter & Crimper
Strip all types of cable
from 10-24 AWG
(0.13-6.0mm). 204mm
long. TH1827
TERMS & CONDITIONS: Prices valid from 14/8/24 to 1/9/24. Stock may be limited on sale items. No rain checks. Savings on Original RRP (ORRP). Prices are correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves
the right to change prices if and when required. For full Price Beat Promise T&Cs see www.jaycar.com.au/pricebeatpromise. For full gift card T&Cs see www.jaycar.com.au/giftcards. BUNDLE: Buy 1 x XC5132 & get 1 x XM5101 FREE.
Buy 1 x MP3548 & get 1 x WC7910 FREE. Buy 1 x MP3400 & get 1 x WC7920 FREE. MULTIBUY: 2 x AA2156 for $15. BUNDLE: Buy 1 x TL4751 & get 1 x 1kg eSUN PLA+ Filament (TL4454-TL4781) FREE. Buy 1 x TL4424 & 1 x NA1075 for
$348.95. Buy 1 x XC9100 & 1 x XC9110 & 1 x XC9122 for $160. Buy 1 x XC4328 & 1 x XC4324 for $94.90. Buy 1 x TH1997 & get 1 x TH1991 FREE. MULTIBUY: Buy any 2 eSUN 1kg PLA Resin (TL4435-TL4439) for $109. BUNDLE: Buy 1 x
TS1564 & 1 x NS3005 & 1 x TH1850 for $184.90. MULTIBUY: 2 x ST3522 for $49. 2 x YS5545 for $14.95. BUNDLE: Buy 1 x SB2560 & get 20% OFF HB8504 or HB8522 or HB8520. Buy 1 x GH1640 & get 1 x GH1650 FREE. MULTIBUY: 2
x ST3218 for $29. SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTION: We apologise for factors out of our control which may result in some items not being available on the advertised on-sale date of the catalogue. SPECIAL OFFERS: Limit of 2 of each
item per customer. Available in-store or online via Click & Collect. Unfortunately, we are being impacted by supply chain hiccups which may result in some of these Special Offers not being available in-store on the date advertised.
We are working hard to get them to you as soon as possible and appreciate your patience. For full T&Cs see www.jaycar.com.au. + For details and terms on payment options see www.jaycar.com.au/paymentmethod.
Gif ts Under $3
Dad-Approved
Gifts for any Budget
0
14 95
$
SAVE 25%
Smart
Fitness Band
0.96" touchscreen.
Water resistant.
QC3112
BUY 2 FOR
29
$
NOW
24 95
SAVE 30%
SAVE<at>40%
MAKE CALLS & STREAM
MUSIC HANDSFREE
Compact
Multiband Radios
FM transmitter. AR3140
NEVER GETS OLD
NOW
1995
$
Pocket Sized
Rechargeable
w/ MP3 Player
AR1721 NOW $29.95 SAVE 40%
NOW
2995
$
AR1736
AR1736 NOW $24.95 SAVE 30%
48
PCS
2 X MAGNIFICATION
SAVE 20%
SAVE 25%
Magnetic
LED Work Light
Remote
Controlled
Fart Machine
PCB Holder with
LED Magnifier
Screwdriver Set
Great tool to repair electronic gadgets
& devices. Made from S2 steel.
Includes carry case. TD2134
0
Gif ts Under $5
DAD-APPROVED
GIFT!
DAD -APPROVED
GIFT!
NOW
3995
$
SAVE 20%
15W Wireless
Qi Fast Charging Stand
MB3673
00
Gif ts Under $1
MAGNETIC
STORAGE
FOR BITS
SAVE 25%
Ideal aid for soldering work,
model making etc. TH1987
GH1088
NOW
2995
$
SAVE 15%
ST3218 RRP $17.95EA
ED
$
In-Car Handsfree Kit
360
LUMENS
GIFT!
NOW FROM
1995
$
NOW
DAD-APPROV
NOW
3995
$
$
SAVE 30%
Flexible Multi-Coloured
LED Strip Light - 5m
NOW
Multi-Function
SAVE 30%
Features alarm clock,
calendar, thermometer &
hygrometer. XC0225
$
Water-resistant & adheres to most surfaces.
SL3954
49
95 LCD Wall Clock
NOW
4995
SAVE $40
Active Noise Cancelling
Bluetooth® Headphones
AA2170
LED
TORCH
METER INDICATOR SHOWS
DIFFERENT METAL TYPES
PERFECT FOR
BEACHCOMBING,
PROSPECTING & MORE
DAD -APPROVED
NOW
69
$
95
SAVE $30
Compact Wireless
Weather Station
Stylish & multifunctional with moon
phase display, calendar & more.
XC0366
NOW
89
$
GIFT!
NOW
99
SAVE $40
$
Metal Detector
with Auto Tune
SAVE $40
Adjustable length
boom & waterproof
search coil.
QP2302
1080P HD
CAMERA
WITH FIRST
PERSON VIEW
USB PORT
NOW
99
8,000MAH
POWER BANK
$
SAVE $20
DAD-APPROVED
GIFT!
400A 12V Glovebox Jump
Starter & Power Bank
Compact & lightweight. Capable of jump
starting vehicles up to 3L petrol. MB3763
FOLDS AWAY
& FITS IN YOUR
POCKET
RC Foldable Mini Drone
with 1080p Camera
Auto lift-off, landing & hover. Headless &
altitude hold modes & more. Ages 14+.
GT4900 Smartphone not included.
SALE ENDS SUNDAY 01.09.2024
Scan QR Code
for your nearest store & opening hours
1800 022 888
www.jaycar.com.au
Over 100 stores &
130 resellers nationwide
HEAD OFFICE
Rhodes Corporate Park,
Building F, Suite 1.01
1 Homebush Bay Drive,
Rhodes NSW 2138
Ph: (02) 8832 3100
ONLINE ORDERS
www.jaycar.com.au
techstore<at>jaycar.com.au
Mini Projects #007 – by Tim Blythman
SILICON CHIP
Ultrasonic Garage
Door Notifier
If you’re like us, there will have been times you’ve left home
and couldn’t remember if you shut the garage door. Wonder
no more with this device, which emails you hourly, telling you
whether it’s open or closed. It will also tell you if there’s a car parked in the garage or not.
Since the emails come on the hour, you will know if the device is offline.
T
he Garage Door Notifier monitors
the status of your car and garage
(see Fig.1). It has an ultrasonic distance
sensor that, with the correct placement, can detect a few different states.
If the garage door is open, the sensor
detects the door at a close distance.
If the door is closed, the sensor can
monitor the distance to whatever is
in the garage. If a car is present, the
distance it measures will be lower. It
sends an email every hour, reporting
its status.
We had that application in mind
when designing this circuit, but we
think our readers will come up with
many other uses. For example, distance sensors can also measure the liquid level in a tank, so you could adapt
it to monitor the amount of water in a
rainwater tank.
Fig.2 shows the circuit diagram of
the Notifier. It’s basically just a WiFi
Mini ESP8266 Main Board connected
to an Ultrasonic Distance Sensor. The
ESP8266 processor on the board connects to a WiFi network and uses NTP
(network time protocol) to get the current time.
When it is due to report, on the hour,
it activates the sensor to measure the
distance. It then assembles a report and
fires off an email. If you don’t see the
email when it is due, you know something is amiss, like a power outage.
Circuit details
We previously covered the operation of the Ultrasonic Distance Sensor
in the December 2016 issue of Silicon
Chip (siliconchip.au/Article/10470) as
part of our series on electronic modules. This sensor must be powered
from 5V.
When a high pulse is sent to its TRIG
pin, it emits a ping from one of its ultrasonic transducers, which reflects off a
nearby surface. When the other ultrasonic transducer receives the reflected
ping, the sensor produces a high pulse
on the ECHO pin. The time between
the pulses depends on the distance
(and speed of sound); thus, the distance can be inferred from the delay.
The WiFi Mini (also known as the
D1 Mini) is a small module integrating an ESP8266 processor with WiFi,
plus a USB-serial converter. It’s one
of the most compact WiFi boards that
does not require any external parts to
program.
We previously used these modules
in Silicon Chip projects like the Clayton’s GPS Time Source from April 2018
(siliconchip.au/Article/11039) and the
Smart Tariff Super Clock from July
2018 (siliconchip.au/Article/11137).
The ESP8266 processor has 3.3V I/O
pins but the sensor must be powered
from 5V. The TRIG pin on the sensor
will respond to a 3.3V signal, so we
can directly connect the ESP8266’s D2
digital output on the WiFi Mini to the
TRIG pin on the sensor.
We have placed a 10kW resistor
between the 5V ECHO output on the
ultrasonic module and the D1 digital
input pin on the WiFi Mini out of caution. There are widespread reports that
the ESP8266’s I/O pins are tolerant of
5V, but the resistor is cheap insurance
Fig.1: this shows how the Garage Door Notifier can detect both the position of the garage door and the presence of a car
inside the garage by measuring a distance. This assumes you have a tilting or segmented door; the position of a roller door
could be sensed with a different arrangement but it probably couldn’t detect the car at the same time. We expect readers
will think of other applications for this device.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 55
Screen 1: this shows how you add an SMTP user to your SMTP2GO account.
The SMTP settings shown here will already be set in the sketch.
and limits the current into that input
pin should it be clamped at 3.3V by
an internal diode.
Software
The software is written for the Arduino IDE and does not require any external files beyond those included with
the ESP8266 board profile. The sketch
connects to a WiFi network and uses
NTP to get the time. If a WiFi network
is connected and the time has been
correctly set, the onboard LED lights.
The software checks the time, and
when it detects that the hour has rolled
over, it takes a measurement and uses
the SMTP2GO service to send an
email. The internal time is rechecked
daily using NTP to avoid any drift that
might occur long-term due to crystal
tolerances.
The sketch is divided into several
smaller helper functions, simplifying
the main program
We bridged adjacent
pads, as shown here,
to connect the wires
to the ultrasonic sensor. Check that
the header pins are attached and the
shield is orientated correctly.
56
Silicon Chip
loop. The Notifier sends a lot of debugging data to the serial port at 115,200
baud and can also be manually triggered (for testing) through that serial
port.
SMTP2GO
We previously used the SMTP2GO
service (www.smtp2go.com) for the
WebMite-based Watering System Controller from Silicon Chip, August 2023
(siliconchip.au/Article/15899). SMTP
2GO is an online service that makes
sending emails easy from less-capable
devices like microcontrollers.
SMTP stands for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. It is the internet protocol
that is used for sending email.
SMTP2GO has a free tier that allows
1000 emails per month; an email per
hour works out at under 800 emails in
We used short lengths of insulated
wire and one 10kW resistor to connect
the ultrasonic sensor’s pins to the
correct pins of the WiFi Mini and its
prototyping shield. Take care that this
is correct as some wires carry 5V and
some 3.3V.
a month, so that should be sufficient.
There are paid tiers if you need to send
more frequent emails.
To use SMTP2GO, you need to set
up an account using an existing email
address. We have heard that some ‘free’
email providers, such as Gmail, are not
allowed, so we recommend checking
if you can set up an account before
starting your build.
Once you have registered, you must
set up an SMTP user (Dashboard →
Sending → SMTP Users → Add SMTP
User; see Screen 1). The SMTP username and password need to be placed
in the sketch and authenticated as part
of the sending process, so make sure
to record them when you create the
SMTP user.
The SMTP user account differs from
the main SMTP2GO account; multiple
Fig.2: the circuit is simple. If you didn’t want it
permanently soldered, you could probably rig this up with
jumper wires in a few minutes.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
SMTP users could be created under the
same SMTP2GO account if you have
multiple Notifiers.
Testing SMTP
You can test the SMTP2GO account
using the WiFi Mini on its own. You
will need to install the ESP8266 board
profile into the Arduino IDE. If you
don’t already have the IDE, it is a free
download from www.arduino.cc/en/
software/
To install the board profile, add
https://arduino.esp8266.com/stable/
package_esp8266com_index.json to
the Additional Board Manager URLs
field of the Arduino Preferences window.
The “ESP8266 by ESP8266 Community” board profile can then be
installed from the Board Profiles window – we used version 3.1.2. Choose
“WeMos D1 R2 and Mini” as the board
type and select its serial port. Drivers
can be downloaded from the Jaycar
XC3802 product web page if needed.
Now download the sketch from
siliconchip.au/Shop/6/428 and open it
in the IDE. Six #defines near the start
of the sketch must be customised.
STASSID and STAPSK correspond
to the WiFi network name and password; set them to correspond to your
home network.
SMTPUSER and SMTPPASS correspond to the SMTP user account you
set up earlier. The SMTPFROM field
must be the same as the email address
used to set up the SMTP2GO account.
The SMTPTO field is the intended
recipient; we set this to be the same
as the SMTPFROM field.
The default SMTPHOST and SMTPPORT values should work, but if you
run into problems, check that they
match those shown in Screen 1.
Now upload the sketch and open
the Serial Port Monitor in the IDE at
115,200 baud. Within the first minute,
you should see the first eight lines of
Screen 2 appear, and the blue LED on
the WiFi Mini should light up. If the
WiFi network doesn’t connect, check
that the STASSID and STAPSK values
are correct.
Typing ‘~’ on the serial monitor will
trigger an email, even if the sensor is
not connected. If everything is working, you will see something like the
remainder of Screen 2.
The three-digit codes are SMTP status codes. Those in the range 2xx and
3xx indicate that no error has occurred.
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List – Garage Door Notifier (JMP007)
1 WiFi Mini ESP8266 Main Board [Jaycar XC3802]
1 Ultrasonic Distance Sensor [Jaycar XC4442]
1 WiFi Mini Prototyping Shield [Jaycar XC3850]
1 10kW ½W axial resistor [Jaycar RR0596]
1 micro-USB cable for power [Jaycar WC7723]
Assorted short pieces of insulated wire
Screen 2: the serial port output of
a working Notifier should look like
this; the three-digit SMTP codes
at bottom left will help diagnose
problems with email transmission.
A 4xx is likely a server error; you
should retry.
Codes in the 5xx range mean that
there is a client (Notifier) problem
with the SMTPUSER, SMTPPASS, or
SMTP
FROM fields. Check and edit
these, then upload the sketch again.
Construction
We assembled this project with a
prototyping shield, although it is simple enough to be done on a breadboard
or even directly soldered. See the photos for the layout we used; refer to the
circuit diagram, Fig.2, to check your
wiring. Remember the 10kW resistor
for the ECHO pin.
We poked the wires through the
shield to solder to the sensor pins on
the underside. You may also need to
attach header pins or sockets to the
WiFi Mini or shield.
Power up the assembled Notifier
and check that it works as before. You
can use the ‘t’ command on the serial
Australia's electronics magazine
console to test the sensor; this will generate a report but not email it. Check
that the sensor reports distances correctly; if so, then all is working.
Customisation
Changing the doReport() and getStatus() functions is the easiest way
to modify the contents of the emails
that are sent. To send daily emails,
move the doReport() function call
down into the section that checks
for the day changing, about seven
lines lower.
If you are skilled with Arduino,
you should have no trouble using our
helper functions to create your own
Notifier, produce custom reports and
perhaps monitor other sensors.
You will have to work out the power
and mounting options; a USB power
supply and micro-USB cable should
be sufficient for power delivery. Fig.1
should give you an idea of where to
mount the unit.
SC
August 2024 57
Mini Projects #009 – by Tim Blythman
SILICON CHIP
Stroboscope and
Tachometer
Stroboscopes and Tachometers are
handy tools for measuring how fast an
object like a flywheel is spinning. This
Stroboscope/Tachometer is easy to build
from a few Arduino modules and other
parts.
Warning: flashing lights, particularly in the lower frequency range from
about 5Hz (300RPM) upward can induce seizures in people subject to
photosensitive epilepsy. Flashing lights can also trigger a migraine attack.
We recommend that people prone to these effects avoid stroboscopic lights.
S
troboscopes are devices that use
a rapidly flashing light source to
help observe a rotating object. If a light
is flashed at the same rate as the object
is rotating, the object is lit at the same
location on each rotation. In this case,
human persistence of vision means
that the object appears stationary.
This lets you observe something
spinning too fast to see. Also, if you
know the flash rate when the object
appears stationary, you can estimate
the rotation rate.
Another way to measure rotation
speed is with a fixed light source and
a light sensor. The light sensor detects
the light changes as the object rotates;
a reflective sticker is often applied to
assist this detection. Measuring the
time between rotations allows the rotational speed to be calculated. Such a
device is called a Tachometer.
This project combines a Stroboscope
and a Tachometer into one simple
device. As it is based on an Arduino
Uno, it is easy to modify and experiment with.
We published a more advanced version of this device in the August and
September 2008 issues of Silicon Chip
(siliconchip.au/Series/52). We also
produced a Strobe to check the speed
of record turntables in December 2015
(siliconchip.au/Article/9640). This
simpler design could perform many
of the same jobs.
Hardware
We built our prototype using an
Arduino Uno mainboard and a Jaycar
XC4454 LCD Shield. Since the shield
has pads to break out unused I/O pins,
we simply soldered the required components to those pads on the shield.
Parts List – Stroboscope (JMP009)
1 Arduino Uno R3 main board [Jaycar XC4410]
1 Uno-compatible LCD Keypad shield [Jaycar XC4454]
1 5mm white LED [Jaycar ZD0290]
1 3mm infrared (IR) LED [Jaycar ZD1946]
1 IR photodiode [Jaycar ZD1948]
1 100kW ½W 1% metal film axial resistor [Jaycar RR0620]
2 220W ½W 1% metal film axial resistor [Jaycar RR0556]
5cm length of 5mm diameter heatshrink tubing [Jaycar WH5553]
1 USB cable to suit the Arduino Uno [Jaycar WC7701]
58
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
The LCD Shield
also includes
several tactile pushbuttons, so we have
everything we need for a complete
user interface.
The character (alphanumeric) LCD
on the shield is driven in four-bit mode
by pins D4-D7 of the Uno, with D8 and
D9 providing the RS and E signals,
respectively.
The pushbuttons are connected to
a resistor chain that sends a different voltage to the A0 analog input,
depending on which buttons are
pressed.
Fig.1 shows how to wire up the
external components. At the top, the
white LED connects between D12 and
D11 with a 220W resistor in series.
This makes up the Stroboscope, with
the processor driving D12 to control
the flash rate. D11 is permanently held
low to create a convenient alternative
to a ground connection.
The IR LED is powered by the 5V
and GND pins, so it is always on. Its
job is to provide an IR light source for
the IR photodiode to detect. With the
arrangement we are using, the photodiode behaves somewhat like a solar
cell, generating a voltage on its anode
relative to the cathode.
Since the photodiode behaves
more like a current source than a
voltage source, a parallel resistor is
siliconchip.com.au
provided to turn the current into a
voltage that the ADC peripheral of
the Uno can measure. We use a photodiode as they can respond faster
than devices like LDRs.
For this project, we have used an
Arduino Uno R3 as other processor
boards like the Arduino Leonardo use
their processor to handle their USB
interface. Since the Uno has a separate USB interface chip, it has fewer
interruptions, making it better at managing the precise timing needed in
this project.
Fig.1: practically all the wiring is done
by soldering components directly to
the LCD Shield. You can also see the
connections we’ve made in the photos.
Software
The software consists of an Arduino
sketch and two libraries. The library to
drive the LCD panel is included with
the Arduino IDE, while an external
‘TimerOne’ library is used to manage
the strobe timing.
The sketch sets up a timer interrupt to drive the white LED with a
duty cycle of 10% (ie, off for nine
times longer than it’s on) at a rate you
can control. The strobe can also be
switched off. Professional strobes use
a much lower duty cycle at a higher
power level to more accurately ‘freeze’
the view.
The sketch also samples the photodiode voltage at 10ms intervals
(100 times per second), then calculates and displays a rate based on the
time between detected pulses. The
display can be set to RPM (revolutions per minute) or Hz (revolutions
per second) for both the Strobe and
Tachometer.
The Stroboscope/
Tachometer uses a white
LED for the Stroboscope;
the strobe rate can be
set by pushbuttons. The
Tachometer consists
of an IR LED and
photodiode to sense
changing light
reflection due
to rotation.
Assembly
Start by soldering the LEDs to their
220W resistors by cutting each anode
(longer) lead short. Cut down one
lead of each 220W resistor to a similar length. Solder the resistor to the
LED and use a few centimetres of heatshrink tubing to cover the resistor.
You can then solder the LED assemblies to the LCD shield as shown. The
white LED connects between the second and third pads at the top of the
shield, with the cathode on the third
pad.
The IR LED (which is blue) is wired
between 5V and GND, with its cathode
to GND. Trim any excess lead length
from these components.
Solder the 100kW resistor between
the other GND pin and A1; it should
be a comfortable fit. The longer anode
lead of the photodiode is also soldered
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 59
to A1, with the cathode going to GND.
The active area of the photodiode is
the curved lens, so bend its leads to
point the lens in the same direction
as the IR LED.
Finally, plug the LCD shield into
the top of the Uno and hook it up to
your computer for programming. You
should see the power LED on the LCD
shield light up.
Programming
You can download the Arduino
sketch for this project (siliconchip.
au/Shop/6/448). We have included a
copy of the TimerOne library with the
sketch download, but it can also be
installed by searching for “timerone”
in the Arduino Library Manager.
Use the Arduino IDE (download
from www.arduino.cc/en/software)
to upload the sketch to the Uno, being
sure to select the correct port and use
the Uno board profile. Screens 1, 2 &
3 show some of the typical displays.
Using it
Screen 1: this help screen can be seen when the SEL button is held down. The
SEL button also toggles between the RPM and Hz displays, shown in Screen 2
and Screen 3, respectively.
Screen 2: pressing the LEFT button should cause the white LED to start
flickering. You can change the rate with the UP and DOWN buttons.
Screen 3: the RIGHT button will change the steps by which the rate is
changed. This is always shown in RPM, even if Hz is selected as the unit.
To use it as a Stroboscope, shine
the white LED at a rotating object and
adjust the rate until the object appears
stationary. Remember that the object
will also appear stationary if the rate
is a fraction (eg, 1/2 or 1/3) of the rotation
speed. The correct rate is the highest
rate at which the object appears stationary.
When using the Stroboscope,
remember that the object that appears
stationary might not be! This can be
dangerous if that object is machinery,
as you might be tempted to touch it. So
take great care when using the Stroboscope near running machinery.
The Tachometer is used by aiming
the IR LED and photodiode at a rotating
object and reading out the value in the
lower-right corner of the LCD screen.
You should be able to get a reading of
a few Hz or a few hundred RPM by
waving your hand a few centimetres
in front of the LED/photodiode.
If you don’t get a good reading,
check that the IR LED is emitting by
pointing a mobile phone camera at it.
The camera should show a red or purple glow that isn’t visible to human
eyes. Other IR emitting sources (eg,
remote controls) might cause interference, so keep the unit away from them.
Remember that objects like fans
with multiple blades will cause multiple events per revolution, so you
may have to account for this in your
calculations. One way around this is
to place a piece of reflective tape on
the object so that you can easily pick
up one event per revolution.
Summary
Assembly of the
Stroboscope involves
plugging the modified LCD
Keypad shield into an Arduino Uno (shown above).
60
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
The Stroboscope/Tachometer is a
simple and handy tool for checking
the speed of rotating objects. It may not
be the best tool for calibrating heavy
machinery, but we think it would be a
convenient way to check if your record
turntable is spinning at the correct rate,
for example. To check a turntable rotation speed, you also need a separate
strobe disc with markings.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions will be paid for at
standard rates. All submissions should include full name, address & phone number.
Reading a BCD switch using one micro pin
I devised this circuit to easily interface a BCD wheel or hex switch to any
microcontroller with an analog input,
using just one pin.
With all the internal BCD switches
off, the 1kW resistor pulls the analog
input pin down to 0V. When one or
more switches are closed, the connected resistors result in a unique
voltage at that input pin.
After using the microcontroller’s
internal analog-to-digital converter
(ADC) to convert that voltage into a
number, refer to the accompanying
table that shows the ranges to translate into each possible switch state.
Those are for a 10-bit ADC that gives
values between 0 (0V) and 1023 (Vcc).
For a 12-bit ADC, multiply the values by four; for an 8-bit ADC, divide
them by four.
The actual value read should be
close to the middle of the range, but
using ranges allows for accurately
sensing the switch position regardless of electrical noise or resistor tolerances. The values will be the same irrespective of whether Vcc is 5V, 3.3V or
something else as long as the four lower
resistors connect to the same voltage
that the ADC uses as its reference.
Geoffrey Younger,
Woodvale, WA. ($60)
TEST MANY COMPONENTS
ESR
TEST T
Measures ESR/resistance from
0.01Ω to 1kΩ
Measures capacitance from 100nF
to 50μF
Can perform in-circuit testing as
long as capacitors are discharged
Compact Tweezers format makes
probing parts easy
ITH OUR
EEZERS
Runs from a single 3V lithium
coin cell
Will operate down to a cell
voltage of 2.4V
Displays results on a clearly
visible OLED screen
Typical accuracy better than
10%
Adjustable sleep timeout and
brightness
Display can be rotated to suit
left- and right-handed use
Simple calibration of most
parameters
The standby cell life is close to
the cell shelf life
Complete kit for $50 (SC6952; siliconchip.com.au/Shop/20/6952)
The kit includes everything pictured, except the lithium coin cell and optional programming header (CON1). The
three resistors and single capacitor needed for calibration are included. See the article in the June 2024 issue for
more details (siliconchip.au/Article/16289).
For testing other components like capacitors and diodes, check out our Advanced SMD Test Tweezers from the
February & March 2023 issues (siliconchip.com.au/Series/396). We sell a kit for those Tweezers for $45 (SC6631).
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 61
Op amp based Guitar Equaliser
Many Fender, Marshall, VOX (collectively known as FMV) and similar
guitar amplifiers use much the same,
simple tone control system (Lo, Mid,
Hi). The mid-frequencies are fixed in
some amps like the VOX AC-30, but
the bass and treble controls are similar to the three-band system in those.
The system, and variations thereof,
first appeared in the 1950s and was
incorporated into most amps being
built by Fender, Marshall and others
at the time. While the system was simple and cheap, it had some problems.
Control is difficult as it is somewhat
non-linear, being very sensitive in
some areas and not in others. The controls have a high degree of interaction.
Also, due to component tolerances,
the same amplifier model can give
rather different responses at the same
settings. Finally, frequency adjustment (controlled shift) is nonexistent.
Generally, when all the controls
are in the centre (12 o’clock) position,
there is a ‘scooped’ response, which
provides 5-10dB of cut to the mid frequencies centred somewhere between
400Hz and 800Hz, depending on the
amp model.
The bass control provides 10dB of
boost or cut at 50-100Hz, sometimes
rolling off steeply below that point.
62
Silicon Chip
Mid provides around 10dB of cut
(only). The exact frequency at which
this occurs varies with models and is
affected by the Bass and Treble control settings.
Treble provides around 6dB of boost
or cut at 10kHz relative to its centre
position and, in some instances, affects
the Mid adjustment.
I have designed a tone control system with none of these drawbacks. It
uses four switches and five pots and
has a parametric mid-range EQ. Two
of the switches set the mid frequencies for bass and treble adjustments
(40/100Hz and 1/4kHz), while the
other two, labelled DEEP and BRIGHT,
provide overall adjustments.
With all controls in neutral (12
o’clock) positions, the frequency
response is relatively flat, with -3dB
points at around 20Hz and 9kHz.
The DEEP switch provides about
12dB of boost around very low frequencies, peaking at around 50-60Hz.
Similarly, BRIGHT provides approximately 12dB of boost to very high frequencies, around 8-10kHz.
The BASS switch and knob work
together to provide up to 12dB of cut
or boost around the selected frequency
(40Hz or 100Hz). Similarly, the TREBLE switch and knob provide at most
12dB of cut or boost around either
1kHz or 4kHz. These controls don’t
interact with each other, the DEEP
and BRIGHT switches or the mid controls, other than their effects being
cumulative.
The MID parametric equaliser is the
most versatile and potentially most
useful section. The WIDTH (Q) knob
adjusts the breadth of the frequency
response over a range of approximately ½ to 2-3 octaves centred on
the mid-frequency that has been set.
The MID knob, like other tone controls, provides a controllable amount
of boost or cut within the range of
around ±12dB.
The FREQUENCY knob adjusts the
centre frequency of the MID response
over the range of about 100Hz to 1kHz.
The circuit consists of three primary
blocks. The first is the BRIGHT/DEEP
control based around op amp IC1a
and its associated frequency and gain-
determining components. A similar
system, or a simplified version thereof,
is used in some guitar amplifiers.
The second is a Baxandall-style
bass/treble filter using IC1b and its
associated components, including
switches that allow the centre frequency of both the bass and treble
response to be lowered by an octave
or two. Most general-purpose amplifiers use a centre frequency of around
S3
Treble frequency
S4
Bass frequency
Open
4kHz
Open
100Hz
Closed 1kHz
Closed 40Hz
1kHz, but that is somewhat high for
guitar applications.
This is the classic tone control
used in many amplifiers – both for
guitar and general use. It was initially designed by Peter Baxandall
in the 1950s (although it did not use
op amps back then), and is just one
of Peter’s many significant contributions to designing audio equipment
and systems.
The third section is a ‘state variable
filter’ that provides the mid-band functions. These are often used in more
upmarket audio devices, such as audio
mixers and outboard attachments. Like
other parts of this circuit, it has been
tuned to suit guitar use.
Note that the two 12kW resistors
connected between pairs of terminals of VR4a and VR4b have also been
chosen to linearise the frequency control provided by this potentiometer.
Their values may need to be adjusted
slightly depending on the actual values and linearity of the pots. In practice, they make VR4 a ‘reverse-log’
pot, as is needed for linear frequency
control.
The input impedance to this filter
circuit is relatively low, so it should be
driven from a low-impedance source.
While no power supply is shown on
the circuit diagram, all the op amps
should be powered from a split ±15V
supply with a single bypass capacitor
between their positive and negative
supply pins (eg, one 100nF each plus a
10μF bulk bypass capacitor shared by
all of them). You might get away with
slightly lower supply rails depending
on the signal levels or by using rail-torail op amps.
Graham Bowman,
Duncraig, WA. ($120)
Tunnel timer for model railways
Most model railways have a tunnel. Its portals usually enter a mountain, giving the impression that they
extend underground for a long distance. In reality, the model track in
the tunnel is no more than a metre
long, so the time taken for a train to
pass through is only a few seconds.
To make the travel time more realistic, a simple timer can be added
that stops the train inside the tunnel for a preset time while it is out
of view, giving the impression that
the tunnel is much longer.
A small rare earth magnet is
mounted on the train engine, and
when it passes over a reed switch on
the track inside the tunnel, the timer
opens a relay contact that cuts power
to the train. When the delay period
ends, the relay switches off, closing
the contacts that supply power to the
train, and it exits the tunnel.
The timer circuit is shown here,
and I have designed a 46 x 53mm
siliconchip.com.au
single-
sided PCB for it (see the
photo). You can download the Gerber files for making that PCB from
siliconchip.au/Shop/10/420 (along
with the software).
When the magnet on the front of
the train passes over the reed switch,
its contacts close, taking the GP2
digital input of microcontroller IC1
high. That triggers an interrupt routine in the software that takes the
GP0 digital output high, biasing the
BC547 transistor on and opening the
relay contacts. LED1 lights to show
that the relay coil is powered. At the
same time, the software starts a timer.
The train’s stopped time is set by
the 5kW trimpot VR1 between 0 seconds and 10 seconds. Turning the
potentiometer clockwise increases
the time. The micro calculates the
time by measuring the potentiometer wiper voltage via its analog input
GP4 and internal analog-to-digital
converter (ADC).
Australia's electronics magazine
When the timer expires, Q1 is
switched off, and the relay contacts close, restarting the train. The
1N4004 diode quenches the backEMF the relay coil generates at
switch-off.
Les Kerr,
Ashby, NSW. ($80)
August 2024 63
Altium
Designer 24
Review by Tim Blythman
Each year brings a new version of Altium Designer. We have spent a while trying out Altium
Designer 24 and exploring its latest features. This review covers our findings and includes
support for the exciting new 3D-MID technology.
A
ltium Designer 24 is the latest version of
the Altium Designer EDA (electronic
design automation) software,
released late last year. We use Altium
Designer to create practically all our
PCB designs, so we are pretty familiar with it. We tested version 24.0.1
for this review.
As has been the case for a few
years, incremental updates have been
released for Altium Designer on a
monthly basis. Sometimes, very new
and upcoming features can be enabled
for trial (‘beta’) by enabling an option
in the Advanced Settings dialog.
Some of the new features we tested
may have been available for a while,
even appearing in versions of Altium
Designer from late last year. We always
seem to find some new tools or options
that are handy and helpful.
The web page at www.altium.com/
altium-designer/whats-new lists
changes by version. You can also
see planned future features at www.
altium.com/altium-designer/coming-
soon
Depending on your beta settings,
product access level and installed
version, some of these features may
or may not be available. More information about features and their corresponding subscription requirements
can be found at www.altium.com/
altium-designer/subscription
We quite like the simplified Gerber
export dialog box that we noted in our
review of Altium Designer 23 (March
2023; siliconchip.au/Article/15697).
There is now also a simplified License
Management page, shown in Screen
1 below. It includes only the most
relevant information, and the option
to hide expired licenses means there
aren’t any unnecessary items that you
have to scroll past.
It’s a small change, but making the
simple tasks easy is always helpful.
PCB CoDesign
Many of our projects use Altium
Designer for the basic steps of ‘schematic capture’ (drawing a circuit diagram on a computer), PCB layout and
Gerber export. Gerber files are what
PCB manufacturers use to produce
circuit boards.
Nearly all of our designs are handled
by one person from concept to completion due to their relative simplicity.
However, more complex designs might
require a large team working together
to complete a PCB.
Screen 1: the License
Management screen
has been simplified
to make the most
useful buttons and
data visible. Expired
licenses can be
hidden, and essential
status information is
displayed clearly.
64
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 3: it’s easy to import a STEP file into Altium Designer
to visualise how a 3D model of a mechanical part, such as
an enclosure, will fit the PCB. The 3D view can even detect
conflicts and collisions.
Keeping the efforts of many workers synchronised is not a simple task,
and Altium has released tools over the
last few years to keep things such as
component libraries consistent and up
to date. The Altium 365 Workspace is
one example.
PCB CoDesign allows multiple people to work on the same PCB without
causing conflicts, by resolving and
handling differences within the Workspace (see Screen 2).
Electronic design automation
You might think that Altium
Designer is just about PCB design, but
it can do much more than that, even if
that is what we usually use it for. The
concept of electronic design automation (EDA) stretches beyond just PCB
design, and Altium Designer incorporates several features in addition
to designing circuit diagrams and circuit boards.
For electronic engineers, mechanical computer-aided design (MCAD)
typically encompasses mechanical
parts like enclosures and heatsinks.
MCAD is well-covered by other programs. Our review of Altium Designer
21 (January 2021, siliconchip.au/
Article/14705) noted software plugins
that allow the integration of mechanical designs into Altium projects.
Supported MCAD tools include
Solidworks, PTC Creo, Autodesk
Inventor, Autodesk Fusion 360 and
Siemens NX. These plugins work
both ways, allowing electronic and
mechanical engineers to see how their
respective designs mesh together. The
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 4: a STEP file representing the PCB can be exported
for use in 3D modelling programs, in this case a populated
Breadboard PSU PCB with all components present. You can
also export the PCB without 3D components.
plugins allow changes to be easily seen
and acted upon.
Even if you aren’t a user of one of
the fully-featured MCAD programs
Altium Designer supports, you can
still do simple things like importing
and exporting 3D models to see if they
mechanically align with the PCB.
With many parts suppliers now providing 3D models of their offerings, it’s
easy to validate a design’s complete
assembly without having to buy all the
parts first. 3D printers are now commonplace, so this feature will simplify
the checking of custom parts before
they are even 3D printed.
If you have a STEP file, checking
it is as easy as using the Place → 3D
Body menu selection. The object can
be positioned and rotated to check its
alignment with other parts. You can
even change the colour or transparency to help visualise how the parts
combine.
Screen 3 shows our Pico Analyser
PCB being aligned with a model of
its Jiffy box in the Altium Designer
3D viewer.
Conversely, you can export a 3D
model of the PCB itself; this can
include or exclude 3D component bodies, which would be much the same as
Screen 2: an example of the PCB CoDesign
interface from Altium.
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 65
the model being either a populated or
unpopulated PCB.
This can be handy if you want to
design an enclosure around an existing PCB design or test a PCB’s fit into
an enclosure.
Screen 4 shows an exported STEP
file placed into a 3D printing program,
with all components included. We’ve
even heard of people 3D-printing the
shape of the PCB so that they can test
its fit into an enclosure before the fabricated PCB arrives!
Many electronics products rely on
wiring harnesses as part of their construction, and now Altium Designer
can be used to design and lay out
wiring harnesses. Harnesses can also
be incorporated into a multi-board
design. We’ll discuss the Harness
Designer feature of Altium Designer
24 later.
Another emerging technology in the
EDA field is 3D-MID, a 3D fabrication
technique that blurs the line between
PCB and enclosure.
3D-MID
Our 2021 review also covered
Altium Designer’s support for flexible
and mixed (combining rigid and flexible) PCBs. Many PCB manufacturers
(including those accessible to hobbyists) can now produce flexible PCBs,
and they are clearly useful when space
in an enclosure is tight or a rigid PCB
is not feasible.
Altium Designer 24 introduces support for 3D-MID (three-dimensional
mechatronic integrated device) technology. At the time of writing, the
3D-MID feature is at the beta stage
and must be specifically enabled as a
beta feature.
With a 3D-MID design, the substrate to which components are fitted
is a 3D plastic part instead of a flat or
flexible PCB. The part could be 3D
printed (in the case of a prototype) or
made by injection moulding for mass
production.
The traces are added directly to the
part using a technique known as laser
direct structuring (LDS). In LDS, the
plastic contains additives that are activated by a laser, which scans over the
part after it has been formed. The activated regions can then be selectively
plated with a conductive trace material such as copper, nickel or gold.
Solder paste is applied, and components are mounted to the traces using
traditional solder reflow technology,
supplemented by adhesives as needed.
The substrate material is
chosen to work with the
required temperatures for
reflow.
Effectively, the enclosure or other
mechanical part replaces or supplements the PCB. This sort of technology is already used to embed simple PCB-trace circuitry like antennas and touch sensors into devices
like mobile phones. Still, we expect
more complex applications will be
developed.
Altium Designer 24’s 3D-MID design
process is not too different from that
needed for standard 2D PCB designs.
A circuit diagram is drawn, and
component footprints and packages are selected, just as in a design
intended for a PCB. But instead of a
layer stackup, a 3D STEP or IGES file
is imported and used as the substrate.
Like a 2D design, the following
steps are to place the components,
connect them with traces and validate
the layout with a design rules check,
although we anticipate there will be
new factors and design constraints to
be considered. For example, the component’s orientation in 3D space must
be considered as it definitely affects
the placement step.
We expect that simulation of the
RF and emissions performance would
Screen 5: 3D-MID is a new technology that allows customised 3D
parts to be used in place of standard PCB substrates, including
flexible and mixed substrates. Altium Designer’s 3D-MID tool
allows a circuit to be translated into a 3D-MID design, which can be
exported for use in the LDS process that creates conductive traces
on the surface of a plastic part.
Screen 6: the View Options tab of the View Configuration panel
allows the 2D and 3D views of a PCB design to be customised.
This makes it easier to visually check the design and see what it
would look like with different solder mask and silkscreen printing
colours.
66
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
need to happen during the design of
the 3D part, and possibly again once
the components and traces have been
laid out.
Once the layout is finalised, production files are produced. Instead of Gerber files, the output is a file that can
be used by the LDS process. Screen 5
is a sample 3D-MID design from the
Altium website.
Support for features like vias
appears to be limited at this stage.
Still, we expect this concept will be
a rapidly evolving aspect of EDA and
look forward to a time when custom-
metallised 3D parts are as cheap and
accessible as PCBs are.
Viewing options
Even if you don’t have the means
to undertake a 3D-MID design, there
are some enhancements to the 3D PCB
viewer that make it easier to understand how a standard PCB fits together
in both 2D and 3D space.
In the View Configuration panel
(accessible from the Panels menu),
the View Options tab has options to
customise both 2D and 3D views. Various colour schemes can be chosen
so you can see how your PCB looks
with different silkscreen and solder
mask colours.
Screen 6 shows the View Options
tab. You can tweak the transparency
to see how the various layers align,
seeing things that would typically
not be visible in a regular 3D perspective. Similar options also apply
to 2D views.
Section View
You can also use the Section View
(View → Toggle Section View when
in 3D mode) to look at cross-sections,
achieving views that would not otherwise be visible. Screen 7 shows the
PCB from our ESR Test Tweezers using
Section View.
The view can also be customised
from the Section View tab of the View
Configuration panel. The sectioning
planes are changed by simply dragging
the arrows in the viewport.
Harness Designer
Altium often presents webinars
aimed at demonstrating new and
upcoming features, including those
available through the beta program.
A webinar we saw during our
review of Altium Designer 23 noted
the then-upcoming Harness Designer
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 7: Section View allows further inspection of a PCB design by allowing
sections to be ‘cut’ through a design. The View Configuration panel also offers a
Section View tab for customising that view.
feature. Wiring harnesses are another
facet of EDA, and the Harness Designer
allows harnesses to be created as a
standalone project or as part of a multiboard assembly.
Altium Designer 24 allows the creation of a harness design project as
a PrjHar file. Just as a PCB project
typically contains a schematic file
(SchDoc) and a PCB file (PcbDoc), the
harness project has a wiring diagram
(WirDoc file) and a layout drawing
(LdrDoc file), with roughly analogous
roles to the schematic and PCB files.
Altium Designer Draftsman can then
create views, bills of materials (BoMs)
and engineering drawings (HarDwf
file) of a harness. Screen 8 shows these
stages of a harness design project.
Draftsman can create engineering drawings for PCBs, too, and
we covered that feature in the June
2022 review of Altium Designer 22
(siliconchip.au/Article/15348). Draftsman drawings of PCBs can include elements such as tables, 2D and 3D views,
layer stackups and bills of materials.
If there is the need to revise the documents (such as PCB or harness layout) used to create the drawings, the
Draftsman document can be updated
by simply selecting Tools → Import
Changes.
Layout Replication
We mentioned Reuse Blocks in the
Altium Designer 23 Review. Reuse
Australia's electronics magazine
Blocks are circuit snippets, usually
with circuit and PCB elements. The
block encapsulates the component
wiring and also the PCB trace layout.
It’s ideal if you use a similar component block in multiple projects.
Layout Replication is a similar concept. However, it is better suited to laying out repeated component blocks on
the same PCB rather than maintaining
a block for later use in another design.
Thus, it is accessed from within the
PCB editor.
With many designs having some
repeated elements, this feature is
bound to take some of the tedium out
of PCB layouts. Effectively, it allows
you to transfer a layout from one group
of components to another group of the
same components.
Importantly, Altium Designer looks
for the same connectivity between the
same components, so if you have copied and pasted part of a circuit diagram, layout replication is likely to
be helpful in duplicating the layout of
those parts between the copies.
You can choose how much of the
layout (such as internal and external
routing) is copied. Naturally, you can
tweak the layout afterwards if identical layouts are not appropriate due
to space or other design constraints.
A block can also duplicate the layout
of items like component designators.
Screen 9 shows the PCB Layout Replication dialog box, opened from the
August 2024 67
Tools menu. We used it to place and
route the components shown at upper
right, so they matched those at upper
left. We just had to select Target Block
1 and press the Replicate button!
We found it very easy to use and it
saved a lot of time. It can even process multiple target groups at the
same time, and the results are consistent and tidy. This is a feature we
will undoubtedly use in laying out
future designs.
series of videos, each focusing on
a specific aspect of using Altium
Designer. The videos can also be
found on the Altium Academy YouTube channel at www.youtube.com/<at>
AltiumAcademy
The Certificates section opens a
web page explaining Altium’s paid
training courses. Even if you aren’t
an Altium subscriber, you can access
much of the free content from https://
my.altium.com/
Education
Product access
The Home page of the Altium
Designer program presents various
educational and learning opportunities, as shown in Screen 10. It’s clear
that Altium wants its users to be able
to make the best use of the program’s
features.
The Design Secrets category is a
While researching this article, we
noticed that much of the online documentation states that some features
are only available at certain product
access levels. It may be the case that
certain features that we’ve described
will not be available to all users.
As we mentioned earlier, this will
depend on your beta settings, product access level and installed version.
Access to beta features is controlled
from within the Advanced Settings
window of System Preferences.
Free stuff
Some Altium content can be
accessed online for free. Videos like
those from the Altium Academy mentioned earlier can be seen on YouTube.
Altium 365 also has a free online file
viewer at www.altium.com/viewer
There is even the option of a free
trial of the Altium Designer software.
You can find out more about that at
www.altium.com/altium-designer/
free-trial
If you’re a hobbyist, Altium’s CircuitMaker software (https://circuitmaker.
com) can be used at no cost. We
reviewed it in the January 2019 issue
(siliconchip.au/Article/11378).
CircuitMaker has a similar feel to
Altium Designer and allows designs
to be easily shared with others. You
can see projects that other people
have created at https://circuitmaker.
com/Projects
Summary
Screen 8: this shows the order of the different stages of a Harness Design in
Altium Designer, from top to bottom. The top shows the wiring diagram to
which you can connect wires, connectors and splices. The second document
shows the layout drawing, while the final products are the engineering drawings
that can be created by Draftsman for production.
68
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
Altium continues to add useful features to the Altium Designer software
and provides great support to educate
current and potential users.
Many of the new features target
advanced users who create multilayer PCB designs with high-speed
requirements and advanced constraints. That’s often very different
to our own PCBs, which are nearly
always straightforward two-layer
affairs. But we always find something
useful to us in new Altium Designer
releases.
Layout Replication is a tool we
are sure we will use in the future.
The numerous 3D import and export
options, tools and viewers are very
handy for checking, visualising and
validating a design as it develops.
The concept of 3D-MID is fascinating, and we imagine it will find
many novel and interesting applications. The availability of cheap, custom PCB designs has made electronics
very accessible, and we look forward
to a time when 3D-MID technology
is available to the likes of hobbyists
as well.
Visit www.altium.com/altium-
designer for more information on
Altium Designer 24.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 9: we found Layout Replication a handy tool for laying out and routing repeated groups of components. It is easy
to use, and multiple target blocks can be processed with different options. It’s now easy to produce neat PCB layouts with
repeated elements.
Screen 10: Altium Designer’s Home tab provides links to numerous educational videos and webinars. Even if you don’t
have an Altium license or subscription, much of the material is freely available online.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 69
Beer Can
Filler
A
ny brewer will attest that the
tedious process of bottling or
canning the product can quickly erode
the joy of producing your own beer.
Commercial canning machines are
available, but even simple entry-level
units can go for thousands of dollars,
and fully automated machines cost
hundreds of thousands.
By contrast, this DIY version can be
built for a few hundred dollars using
commonly available parts from your
local hardware store and some online
electronics suppliers. It has proven a
reliable design for a craft brewery in
Melbourne’s south-east, where it has
successfully filled some 50,000 cans
over the last few years.
It even recently came to the rescue of
another craft brewery that faced spoiling an entire brew when their newly-
ordered commercial unit didn’t work!
Overview
This semi-automatic can filler is a valuable
tool for any home brewer. It can be built in
an afternoon for a fraction of the cost of a
commercial offering!
70
The key to reliable and repeatable
beer storage is to ensure there is no
oxygen inside the package when it is
sealed up. This canner works by displacing the oxygen using an inert gas,
typically carbon dioxide, which the
yeast in beer also produces naturally.
Most food-grade CO2 sold is the excess
produced by breweries. The fill process is thus:
1. Gas purge (around five seconds)
2. Pause (100ms)
3. Beer fill (around 20 seconds)
4. Pause (100ms)
5. Final Gas Purge (one second)
This is also shown in the state
machine diagram, Fig.1. Each state has
adjustable timers so that the machine
can be tuned for process variations due
to ambient temperature, gas pressure,
beer viscosity etc.
Two connections need to be made to
the machine, one to the carbon dioxide bottle and the other to the beer keg.
This design fills two cans at a time, so
each connection splits off at a tee and
runs to its own solenoid. We therefore
need to control four solenoids: left gas,
right gas, left beer and right beer.
The solenoids feed a pipe downstream that extends partway into the
can to administer the gas or beer, as
shown in the photos.
Circuit description
Project by Brandon Speedie
The brains of the operation is a
“smart relay”, which is essentially
a simple, low-cost PLC (programmable logic controller). It is well-suited
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
Fig.1: the operation of the Beer Can
Filler is straightforward, as shown
in this flowchart/state machine
diagram. It is implemented using a
basic form of programmable logic
controller (PLC), a microcontrollerbased module used widely for
industrial applications.
to this application given its rugged
industrial build quality, a decent
array of inputs and outputs, and an
LCD screen.
The relay outputs control the solenoids simply by switching the 24V DC
power supply. Freewheeling diodes
such as 1N4004s can be used to protect against inductive voltage spikes,
although the relays are pretty beefy,
being rated at 265V AC/30V DC and
8A, so I didn’t bother.
The six digital inputs are wired to
22mm pushbuttons and switches for
user input. Digital Inputs 1, 2 and 3
are start buttons to begin a fill cycle.
siliconchip.com.au
Photo 1: the back of the Beer Can Filler, showing how the flexible tubes enter the
rear of the bulkhead fittings that lead to the pouring spouts. You can see the four
solenoids, plus the optional gas pressure regulator.
DI1 will fill the left can only, DI3 the
right can, while DI2 will fill both cans.
DI2 is also wired to a footswitch in our
application, as the operator usually
has their hands full with cans.
DI4 cycles through different timer
settings on the LCD. DI5 and DI6 are
used to adjust those timers up or down,
respectively.
Power is derived from a mains
switch-mode power supply rated at
24V DC 1.5A.
Software
The smart relay is programmed in
“ladder logic”, a graphical language
Australia's electronics magazine
widely used in industrial automation.
Inputs and outputs are linked to form
“rungs”, like in an electrical drawing.
Given its similarity to a schematic, it is
a popular language among practically-
minded people and a great way to get
into programming if text-based languages put you off.
The “code” is read from left to right.
Output elements called “coils” are
placed on the right side of a rung. The
coil will be energised if a connection is
established from the left side (a binary
“1”). Input elements called “contacts”
can be placed in line with the rung to
build up program logic. Series contacts
August 2024 71
Screen 1: the “Idle” state ladder
logic. Contacts M01 & M11 are
closed on program startup.
Should the user press a start
button, contact N01 (left fill),
N03 (right fill), or N02 (both
fill) closes, which latches M01/
M11 off and M02/M12 on. This
transitions the code to the
next state. Rungs 17-22 are the
“Purge” state code. Contacts
M02/M12 are closed when
transitioning from the Idle mode,
enabling Timer 01. When the
timer elapses (after five seconds,
user configurable), contact
T01 will close, which latches
M02/M12 off and M03/M13 on,
transitioning to the next mode.
Screen 2: the gas and beer
solenoid outputs. When in either
purge mode (M02/M06 & M12/
M16), relay outputs Q1 & Q2 are
closed, energising the solenoids
and begins the flow of gas. When
in beer fill mode (M04 & M14),
the same occurs for Q03 & Q04.
Screen 3: these rungs allow the
timer periods to be adjusted via
the buttons connected to inputs
I5 & I6 (N5 & N6). T05 is used so
that if you hold down one of the
buttons, the timer continuously
increments or decrements.
The “rung” numbers are
referring to the software.
72
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
are a Boolean AND operation, while
parallel contacts are Boolean OR.
When the program starts, contacts
M01 and M11 are latched on. This is
the idle state, waiting for user input
to start the sequence. In the program,
the digital inputs are represented as
I01 through I06. If the user presses the
left start button, contact I01 is closed,
turning on coil N01 (rung 5).
M01 and N01 would then both be
closed, which latches M01 off and M02
on (rungs 12 & 13), beginning the fill
cycle – see Screen 1.
M02 is the purge mode, turning on
relay 1 (Q01 in the program) to begin
the flow of carbon dioxide (rung 65).
While in purge mode, timer T01 begins
counting (rung 17). Once the timer has
elapsed, purging is complete. Contact
T01 will close, which latches M02 off
and M03 on.
M03 is the pause mode, which turns
off the purge solenoid and waits for
timer T02 to elapse before latching
M04 and unlatching M03 to move to
the fill mode (rungs 26-27).
M04 turns on the beer-fill solenoid
Q3 (rung 69). Beer will begin to flow
from the keg into the can until timer
T03 has elapsed, which latches M04
off and M05 on to transition to the
second pause mode (rungs 32 & 33).
M05 is the second pause mode, waiting for timer T06 to elapse before latching M05 off and M06 on (rungs 38-40).
M06 is the final gas purge mode. Gas
solenoid Q01 is activated to provide
the final short blast of carbon dioxide
before the package is sealed (rung 66
on Screen 2). When timer T07 elapses,
M06 latches off, and M01 latches on,
at which point the program returns
to idle mode and waits for the user to
trigger the next can.
A similar process operates on
the right side using timers and
contacts M11/12/13/14/15/16 and
T11/12/13/14 etc. Minor differences
will exist between the flow rates into
each can, so different fill times can
be applied to the left and right sides.
The timers can be adjusted using I05
and I06 (digital inputs 5 and 6), which
increment or decrement counters C02,
C03, C04, C05 and C06 for purge time,
left fill time, right fill time, left post
purge, and right post purge, respectively (rungs 97-101) – see Screen 3.
Acceleration is provided via timers T04 and T05 (rungs 104-106) so
that the time will automatically increment or decrement if the button is
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: the platform and support
structure for the Beer Can Filler
were made from 19mm-thick
plastic, although the home
brewer could also use timber
(like MDF or plywood). The angle
bracket is for the beer cans to rest
on; the holes above that are for
the spouts.
held down. These counters/timers
are saved to non-volatile memory, so
settings will be preserved between
power downs.
The LCD screen will cycle through
individual pages for purge, break, fill
and post-purge as the sequence is executed. Timers are displayed to give
user feedback. When in idle mode, the
timers can be adjusted for purge, left
fill, right fill, left post purge, and right
post purge by cycling through the setting page using DI4 (rung 72).
I have saved the whole program in a
file called “Can_FillerV2.gen”, which
is available for download from the
Silicon Chip website (siliconchip.au/
Shop/6/414). You can upload that to
the PLC using the programming cable
specified in the parts list.
Mechanical construction
Begin by cutting out the plastic sheet
siliconchip.com.au
per the dimensions in Fig.2. We used
food-grade HDPE, as this device is
used in a commercial setting, but the
home brewer could substitute a plastic cutting board or timber. Glue and
screw the joints together using the drill
pattern. The aluminium angle piece
can be fastened in the same fashion.
Drill 13mm (or ½in) holes for the
pouring spouts on the front fascia.
This design has separate pipes for
the gas and beer. They were originally
combined using a tee piece to give a
single manifold to extend into the can,
but the pour is marginally smoother
with separate manifolds. Still, a single pipe is less cumbersome for the
operator.
See Figs.3 & 4 for the two hydraulic circuits, depending on whether
you use single- or double-outlet pipes.
Begin assembling the pipework by
fitting the pouring spouts through the
Australia's electronics magazine
Photo 2: the LCD screen shows the
current state of the process, including
the duration of any timer that is
currently in use.
August 2024 73
Fig.3: I built the unit shown here with separate outlets for CO2 gas and beer,
as I found it gave smoother pouring. However, it is a bit more fiddly to use
and requires extra pipes.
Fig.4: alternatively, use tee pieces to combine the beer and gas pipes into
single outlets. That means you only have to insert one pipe into each can
but I feel that it doesn’t do quite as good a job.
drilled holes using the bulkhead connectors. The pipe extends through the
solenoids and back to the main fitting: a
keg attachment for the beer & gas fitting
for the CO2. This design also includes
a local gas regulator, which gives more
consistent results as the canister runs
down, but isn’t strictly necessary.
The enclosure to house the electronics needs 22mm holes drilled for
the buttons and switches, as shown in
Fig.5. Also drill holes on the side of
the enclosure to fit the cable glands.
These are the penetrations for the wiring, so they can be positioned wherever is convenient. This design has
two on the bottom of the enclosure
and one on the side.
Now would also be a good time to
drill a small hole in the side to mount a
DC input socket and fasten it into that
hole. Drill 3mm holes in the centre of
the baseplate and thread 3mm fasteners and washer through to secure the
length of DIN rail. The smart relay and
screw terminals can now be clipped
onto the DIN rail.
Mount the selector switch and buttons to the front fascia by threading
through the 22mm holes, tightening
the plastic nut and clipping the carrier on the back. The enclosure can
be secured to the top of the assembly
using glue or some screws.
Electrical wiring
Fig.5: these five 22mm holes in the electronics enclosure lid are for the
controls: four momentary pushbuttons and one three-position selector
switch. Holes are also required on the side for cable glands to pass the
wiring through; refer to the vendor for the appropriate size and our photos
for their approximate locations. All dimensions are in millimetres.
The schematic/circuit diagram,
Fig.6, shows the required wiring.
Colour-code the wires red for +24V,
black for GND and white (or other
colours) for signals. Any cables with a
single termination should be crimped
with 0.75mm ferrules, while double
joins should be made with a double
ferrule. This isn’t strictly necessary
but does make for a neater job.
Begin by running a red wire from
+24V on the power supply input connector to each selector switch. Double
ferrules can be used to jump between
each switch. These switches wire to
the ‘normally open’ contacts on each
selector, which is the terminal pair
closest to the switch itself. A multimeter can be used to buzz out which
contacts are normally open and which
are normally closed if you are unsure.
White cable can then be used to
hook up each switch to its corresponding digital input on the smart relay.
DI1, DI2 & DI3 go to the three green
buttons at the bottom, while DI4 is for
the top button. DI5 and DI6 are for the
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
74
Silicon Chip
Fig.6: connect the switches, solenoids and power supply as per this
diagram. The Remote HMI is optional and not described here, as you don’t need it. The foot switch is also optional.
Use the DIN rail terminals where you have to join multiple wires together, eg, for the common +24V & 0V connections.
Photos 3 & 4: while my unit has an internal power supply, you should build it with an external DC supply to ensure live
mains wires cannot coming in contact with anything else; that would be a major hazard. This can be done by drilling a
small hole in the side to mount a DC input socket and fasten it into that hole.
selector switch, which has two connections (up and down). If a footswitch
is to be used, it can be wired in parallel with the middle button (digital
input DI2).
The baseplate can now be placed
siliconchip.com.au
into the enclosure, but it is best not
to screw it in with the supplied self-
tappers until all the wiring is complete.
Continue with the red cable by connecting from +24V to one side of each
Australia's electronics magazine
relay output. The other side of each
relay runs to each of the four solenoids: Q1 for left gas, Q2 for right gas,
Q3 for left beer and Q4 for right beer.
Complete the solenoid connections
by running a black GND wire to each.
August 2024 75
Photo 5: make
the wiring to
the front panel
switches long
enough that
you can swing
it out like this.
These industrial
switches are
waterproof
and making
connections to
them is easy
thanks to the
screw terminals.
Photo 6: a
closeup of the
pipework on the
rear of the unit.
The solenoids
I used for beer
(below) are larger
than the ones for
gas (above) but
you can use four
of the same type.
Just make sure
the beer valves
have orifices at
least 4mm in
diameter to avoid
the beer fizzing
up as it passes
through.
76
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
The DIN rail screw terminals can
be fitted with internal jumpers and
used as a busbar for multiple GND
connections, including for the DC
input socket.
Programming and testing
Plug in the power supply and switch
it on. You should see the LCD on the
smart relay glow green and boot up
into a menu.
Download the smart relay software
(SG2 Client) from https://oceancontrols.
com.au/TEC-005.html, install it and
run it. Download the source code (from
siliconchip.au/Shop/6/414), unzip it
and open it using the software.
Plug the programming cable into
your computer via the USB to RS-232
adaptor. Give Windows a few minutes
to install drivers, at which point the
programming cable will appear as a
virtual serial port. You can check progress using Windows Device Manager,
which will display the serial port as a
COM port under Ports (COM & LPT).
The other end of the programming
cable can now be plugged into the
smart relay. A small cover below the
keypad obscures the programming
port, but it can be removed with a flatblade screwdriver. This will expose a
four-way header, which accepts the
other end of the programming cable.
Back in the software, a connection
to the smart relay can be established
via Operation → Link Com Port. Enter
the COM port name as shown in Device
Manager. You should get a “link successful” dialog box after pressing OK.
The source code can now be uploaded
to the smart relay using the “write”
button on the toolbar. Once the progress bar is complete, the smart relay
should be ready.
Briefly power cycle the relay after
programming to place it into run mode,
or that can be manually selected using
the keypad buttons and LCD. Once
the program is running, you will see
a screen similar to Photo 2 on your
LCD. You can now test the sequence by
pressing one of the run buttons (DI1 for
left, DI2 for both or DI3 for right). The
solenoids should click on in sequence.
The run timers can be adjusted by
cycling through the menu using the top
button and changing parameters using
the selector switch. Finish the build
by removing the programming cable
and securing the lid to the enclosure
using the provided fasteners.
Happy brewing!
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List – Beer Can Filler
1 TECO SG2-12HR-D programmable logic relay [Ocean Controls TEC-005]
1 TECO SG2 series PL01 programming cable [Ocean Controls TEC-200]
1 TECO OP10N 4.3in 192 × 64 pixel graphic panel (optional)
[Ocean Controls TEI-001]
3 green momentary pushbuttons [Ocean Controls HNR-200G]
1 white momentary pushbutton [Ocean Controls HNR-200W]
1 3-position momentary selector switch [Ocean Controls HNR-232]
1 24V DC 1.5A+ external power supply [Altronics M9393B]
1 175 × 35 × 7.5mm top hat DIN rail strip [Altronics HA8572]
5 25A 2.5mm DIN rail screw terminals [Altronics P2400]
1 shorting link for 25A 2.5mm DIN rail terminals [Altronics P2460]
1 220 × 160 × 80mm IP65 sealed ABS enclosure [Altronics H0333]
1 aluminium baseplate to suit Altronics H0333 [Altronics HA0312A]
1 USB to RS-232 converter [Altronics D2340B]
1 chassis mount DC barrel socket (to suit power supply) [Altronics P0622]
Cable & hardware
1 370 × 300 × 19mm plastic or timber sheet
(for example Delrin, HDPE, MDF, plywood)
1 320 × 300 × 19mm plastic or timber sheet
(for example Delrin, HDPE, MDF, plywood)
1 300 × 100 × 19mm plastic or timber sheet
(for example Delrin, HDPE, MDF, plywood)
1 300mm length of 50 × 50 × 1.6mm aluminium angle
25 M3 × 10mm panhead machine screws, nuts and flat washers
3 cable glands to suit 5-10mm cable [Altronics H4315A]
1 7.5A mains cable terminated with bare wires
(not required if using an external 24V supply) [Altronics P8400C]
1 5m length of red heavy-duty hookup wire [Altronics W2270]
1 5m length of white heavy-duty hookup wire [Altronics W2271]
1 5m length of black heavy-duty hookup wire [Altronics W2272]
1 pack of 0.75mm single ferrule terminals (optional) [Altronics H2425B]
1 pack of 0.75mm double ferrule terminals (optional) [Altronics H2488B]
1 ferrule crimp tool (optional) [Altronics T1547A]
Gas/liquid handling
1 beer keg
1 keg coupler [KegLand KL06903]
1 carbon dioxide (CO2) tank
1 gas fitting to suit the CO2 tank
1 adjustable gas pressure regulator (optional) [KegLand KL15035] ◾
1 12m length of food-grade 8mm OD flexible gas-tight tubing
[KegLand KL06224]
4 24V DC normally-closed solenoid valves, 2 × ½in BSP male threads 🔷
[AliExpress 1005005244510404]
8 ½-inch female BSP to 8mm push-fit adaptors [KegLand KL18753]
1 8mm diameter, 200mm long & 1mm thick stainless steel tube (304 grade)
2 8mm push-fit tees [KegLand KL02387]
4-5 8mm push-fit elbows [KegLand KL02400] 🔴
4 8mm push-fit bulkhead fittings [KegLand KL21036]
1 small roll of gas-tight (blue) Teflon tape
AliExpress 32926145983 is a cheaper alternative, but you will also need
one ¼in male BSP to 8mm push-fit adaptor plus one ¼in female BSP to
8mm push-fit adaptor
these are not food grade but we think they are suitable for home use if
cleaned. We used (much more expensive) food-grade alternatives in our
unit; see www.valvesonline.com.au/stainless-steel-general-purposedirect-acting-norm (4-inch male BSP adaptors are required instead of
½-inch female)
one extra elbow can result in neater hose routing but is not strictly required
Silicon Chip
PDFs on USB
¯ A treasure trove of
Silicon Chip magazines on a
32GB custom-made USB.
¯ Each USB is filled with
a set of issues as PDFs –
fully searchable and with
a separate index – you just
need a PDF viewer.
¯ Ordering the USB also
provides you with download
access for the relevant
PDFs, once your order has
been processed
¯ 10% off your order (not
including postage cost) if
you are currently subscribed
to the magazine.
¯ Receive an extra
discount If you already
own digital copies of the
magazine (in the block you
are ordering).
EACH BLOCK OF ISSUES COSTS $100
NOVEMBER 1987 – DECEMBER 1994
JANUARY 1995 – DECEMBER 1999
◾
JANUARY 2000 – DECEMBER 2004
🔷
JANUARY 2010 – DECEMBER 2014
🔴
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
JANUARY 2005 – DECEMBER 2009
JANUARY 2015 – DECEMBER 2019
OR PAY $500 FOR ALL SIX (+ POST)
WWW.SILICONCHIP.COM.
AU/SHOP/DIGITAL_PDFS
August 2024 77
180-230V DC Moto
Controls 180-230V DC motors rated from 1A
to 10A (¼HP to 2.5HP)
Controlled by four common op amp ICs
with one opto-coupler and three linear
regulators
Zero to full speed control
Safe startup procedure
Emergency cut-out switch facility
Automatic over-current switch-off
Optional reversing switch capability
PWM, Live and Power indicator LEDs
Rugged diecast aluminium enclosure
Current and back-EMF monitoring for speed regulation under load
Initial setup adjustments can be done with a low-voltage supply
M
otors rated at between 180V and 230V DC
are supported; they are driven by
PWM-chopped rectified mains.
Motor load/speed feedback is via current and back-EMF monitoring. The
circuit is based on analog techniques
and is designed to be robust and easily
adjustable. Most of the active devices
are common types of operational
amplifiers (op amps).
The motor speed is controlled by a
rugged IGBT (insulated gate bipolar
transistor). Most parts are throughhole types except for a few resistors
and the opto-isolated IGBT driver. It
all fits in a convenient diecast aluminium case.
Having already described the overall
design and how the circuit works in
the first article published last month,
let’s move on to building it.
Construction
Most of the parts are mounted
on a double-sided, plated-through
PCB coded 11104241 that measures
Warning: Mains Voltage
This Speed Controller operates
directly from the 230V AC mains
supply; contact with any live component is potentially lethal. Do not
build it unless you are experienced
working with mains voltages.
78
Silicon Chip
201×134mm, which fits in a 222 × 146
× 55mm diecast aluminium enclosure.
The only off-board parts are the GPO
socket for the motor, the speed potentiometer and the IEC mains input socket.
Some of the PCB tracks connecting
to Q1, BR1 and CON1 on both sides of
the PCB are tin-plated so they can handle more current. Before installing any
parts, they should be covered with a
layer of solder to thicken the tracks and
further reduce their resistance (shown
in red in Figs.3 & 4). However, be careful to avoid getting solder in the component through-holes when doing so.
Fig.3 shows the layout of the topside parts on the PCB, which you
can use as a guide during assembly.
Begin by fitting the surface-mounting
opto-coupled Mosfet driver (IC5). You
will need a soldering iron with a fine
or medium tip, a magnifier and good
lighting. It’s also a good idea to have a
syringe of flux paste and some solder-
wicking braid on hand.
Solder IC5 to the PCB pads by first
placing it with its pin 1 locating dot
to the top left and the IC leads aligned
with the pads. Solder a corner pin and
check that the IC is still aligned correctly. Soldering the small leads will
be easier if you apply a small amount
of flux paste on top first.
If it needs to be realigned, remelt the
solder and gently nudge the IC into
Australia's electronics magazine
alignment. When correct, solder all the
IC pins. Any solder that runs between
and bridges them can be removed with
solder wick.
Following that, mount diodes
D2-D10 and zener diodes ZD1-ZD3.
Ensure each is orientated correctly and
that the correct diode or zener diode
is installed in each location before
soldering their leads. Diodes D2 and
D6-D8 are 1N4004 types, while the
remainder (except for the zeners) are
1N4148 types. ZD3 has a different voltage rating from ZD1 and ZD2, so don’t
get them mixed up.
TVS1 can also be installed now; it
is bi-directional, so it can go in either
way around.
Follow by soldering the SMD resistors in place. These mount on the
underside of the PCB, as shown in
Fig.4. They are the 10kW resistor under
IC5 and the four 0.022W resistors under
inductor L1. If you are building the
speed controller for a motor rated at
5A or less, see Table 1 for the required
number and value of these shunt resistors. Otherwise, fit all four.
Install these by soldering one
end first, then the other after you’ve
checked that the part is aligned correctly and the first solder joint has
solidified.
The low-wattage (½W) throughhole axial resistors can be fitted now.
siliconchip.com.au
or Speed Controller
Our new High-voltage DC Motor
Speed Controller, revealed last
month, can control motors
commonly used in lathes and
treadmills. It can operate
such a motor from stopped up
to full speed and maintains
a constant speed even with a
varying load. This article covers the assembly,
testing and setup of the Speed Controller.
They have colour-coded bands and the
codes were shown in the parts list last
month. However, you should also use a
digital multimeter to check each resistor before soldering it, as the colour
bands can be difficult to distinguish
(especially brown, red and orange).
The remaining ICs can now be
installed, taking care to get the correct
one in each place and with pin 1 in the
proper location (double check that!).
Sockets can be used for each of the
ICs, although they can also be soldered
directly to the PCB, which is likely to
give better long-term reliability.
The 1W and 5W resistors can be
mounted next. When fitting the 5W
resistors, leave a gap of around 1mm
between the body and the PCB to allow
air to circulate.
Regulators
REG1-REG3 mount horizontally
with their leads bent by 90° to fit into
the allocated holes in the PCB. Each
Part 2 by John Clarke
regulator is secured to the board using
a 6mm-long M3 screw and nut before
the leads are soldered. Make sure you
don’t mix up the three different regulator types.
Diode D1 is mounted horizontally
with its leads bent by 90° so you can
insert them into the PCB holes. Secure
it with an M3 screw, washer and nut
before soldering.
The capacitors can now be installed.
There are four types used. The
630V-rated 47nF capacitors operate at
rectified mains voltage, so make sure
the correct types are used in the upperleft corner of the PCB. The other types
are ceramic, MKT polyester and electrolytic. The 100nF and 1μF ceramic
capacitors are placed near IC5.
The electrolytic capacitors need to
be orientated correctly since they are
polarised. The longer lead indicates
the positive side, while the negative
stripe down one side of the capacitor
indicates the negative side. One 100μF
(just above IC3) and 10uF capacitor
(above D4) is rated at 25V, so ensure it
is located correctly, or it will be damaged when power is applied.
For the MKT and ceramic capacitors, the 10nF capacitor is likely to
be marked 103, the 100nF capacitors marked 104, the 220nF capacitor
marked 224, and the 1μF capacitor
marked 105.
Solder in the three PCB-mounting
spade connectors (CON5-CON7), then
bridge rectifiers BR1 and BR2, ensuring correct orientation. BR1’s positive
lead is spaced further from the others,
so it will only fit in one way. Mount it
so there is about 1mm of lead length
below the PCB for soldering. For BR2,
the longer lead is positive. The AC
and + terminals will also be marked
on the package.
LED1-LED5 can be fitted now. Be
sure they are correctly orientated with
the longer lead placed into the anode
(A) hole in each case. The power LED,
Table 1 – shunt resistor values depending on motor rating
HP ¼
½
¾
1
1¼
1½
1¾
2
2¼
2½
kW 0.18
0.36
0.54
0.72
0.9
1.08
1.26
1.44
1.62
1.8
A 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2S*
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
913W
764W 645W
0.022W
W shunts 2S*
VR2 value (R1) 4.95kW 2.25kW 1.95kW 1.36kW 1.47kW 1.36kW 1.1kW
IC1b gain 12.5
siliconchip.com.au
6.25
5.55
4.16
3.33
4.16
3.57
Australia's electronics magazine
3.125 2.77
2.5
* S = in series.
Alternatively,
you can use two
0.05W resistors in
series and set R1
to 1.93kW (¼HP)
for a gain of 5.5
or 752W (½HP)
for a gain of 2.75
August 2024 79
Fig.3: most components mount on the top side of the PCB. T1 and L1 are heavy, so both are secured to the PCB using cable
ties. The large relay, RLY3, is attached to the board using screws and nuts, and will later be wired to CON1 and CON3.
This diagram and Fig.4 are both shown at 90% of actual size. The red areas are where extra solder is added.
LED2, is green while the remainder
are red.
LED1 and LED3 can be mounted vertically with 5mm of the leads projecting above the top PCB surface. LED2,
LED4 and LED5 display the Power,
Reset and Run status on the front
lid via fibre-optic light transporters.
Before soldering each LED, clip the
LED bezel end piece for the fibre optic
connection onto the LED, then solder
it in place with the clip touching the
PCB surface.
CON1 to CON3 can be fitted now.
CON1 can be installed either way
around, but CON2 and CON3 must
be orientated correctly. That is most
easily done by plugging the screw
terminal plug into each socket before
mounting it to the PCB. For the 3-way
terminal, CON2, the wire entry faces
toward diode D5. For the 2-way terminal, CON3, the wire entry faces away
from diodes D7 and D3.
The next step is to install the relays.
RLY1 and RLY2 directly mount onto
the PCB, while RLY3 is held to it using
M3 screws, washers and nuts, with
80
Silicon Chip
each screw inserted from the underside of the PCB. The washers go under
the nuts on top of the relay’s mounting feet.
T1 can now be mounted onto the
PCB. Its pins hold it in place, but we
use a large cable tie to ensure it cannot move and break the transformer
pins if it is dropped. There are slots
in the PCB to accommodate the cable
tie, to wrap around the transformer
body and under the PCB after soldering it in place.
Winding inductor L1
L1 is made using two powdered iron
cores side-by-side. Use epoxy resin to
glue the two cores together. Once the
glue has set, wind on seven turns of
1.25mm-diameter enamelled copper
wire. The winding direction is not
important.
The finished winding and core are
mounted on the PCB with a cable tie
securing the toroid to the PCB. This tie
is fed through the slots in the PCB to
wrap around through the centre hole
of the core and under the PCB.
Australia's electronics magazine
Trim the wires to sufficient lengths
to solder to the PCB pads, then strip
the insulation off the ends of the enamelled wire. It’s generally best to do that
with a sharp hobby knife (be careful not to cut your fingers!) or emery
paper. Depending on the enamel used,
you may be able to burn it off by holding a blob of molten solder over the
wire ends.
Make sure the enamel is entirely
removed so you can make a good solder joint, then solder the wire ends to
the pads for L1.
Q1 can be installed now. Stand it
above the PCB so there is about 1mm of
lead projecting below the PCB to allow
soldering. Because the PCB tracks near
the IGBT are thin, the exposed, tinned
PCB tracks at the emitter and collector should be built up with solder to
lower the resistance.
Final assembly
The PCB is secured inside the enclosure base using M3.5 screws into the
integral standoffs in the base. However, before attaching the PCB, the IEC
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: if all four 0.022W shunt resistors are soldered to the board, as shown here, the Controller will suit motors rated at
6-10A (1.5HP+, 1.08kW+). For lower-powered motors, fewer resistors are fitted, as per Table 1. For ¼HP and ½HP motors,
make sure the two resistors are in series, not parallel. If three resistors are required, any three can be fitted.
connector cutout will need to be made
in the side of the enclosure.
You will need to drill and shape
holes in one end of the case for the
IEC connector and Earthing screw. You
might as well prepare the lid at the
same time, which needs holes made
for the GPO socket, Earthing screw and
speed control potentiometer.
Fig.5 is a guide for the required cutouts; it can be copied or downloaded
and used as a template. The large cutouts for the mains GPO and IEC connector can be made by drilling a series
of small holes around the inside perimeter, then knocking out the centre piece
and filing the job to a smooth finish.
Alternatively, you can use a speed
bore drill to remove a large portion of
the required area and then file it to the
final shape.
The Earth screw positions are not
critical. Use the wiring diagram (Fig.6)
to decide where to place the holes. One
4mm hole is required on the lid, and
one in the enclosure base. Two 3mm
holes are needed to secure the IGBT
(Q1) and BR1 against the side of the
siliconchip.com.au
The underside of the Motor
Speed Controller’s PCB. There
are five components that are
soldered to this side, the four 0.022W shunts (shown
in the left insert) and the 10kW resistor (shown at
right). The extra through-hole resistor shown at the
bottom of the PCB was only for our prototype, and is
fitted on the topside with the final PCB.
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 81
Fig.5: the
required
holes in the
lid and base
of the diecast
aluminium
case. Ensure the
IEC and GPO
socket holes
are shaped
correctly (filed
carefully to
size) so they
are not loose.
The exact Earth
screw positions
are not critical,
so they are not
marked.
enclosure. Temporarily place the PCB
into the enclosure and mark where
the holes for Q1 and BR1 are needed.
The holes for Q1 and BR1 need to be
slightly countersunk on the inside of
the enclosure to provide a flat mounting surface. There must not be any
sharp edges around the hole or any
remaining swarf that could puncture
the silicone insulating washer.
3.5mm diameter holes are needed
for the fibre-optic LED bezels on the
front panel. These are not directly
above the LED position on the PCB
to give the fibre optic cables room to
flex in an ‘S’ shape when the lid is
attached.
Once the drilling and filing is complete, install the IEC connector using
countersunk head 10mm-long M3
machine screws and nuts. The PCB
can then be placed inside the case but
wait to secure it to the corner posts.
Q1 needs to be insulated from the
enclosure using a TO-247-sized silicone insulating washer. Its package
has an insulated hole, so no insulating bush is required to insulate the
package from the screw. A 12mm-long
M3 screw and M3 nut can be used to
secure Q1 to the side of the enclosure.
Check that the enclosure is insulated
from all three of Q1’s leads by measuring the resistance between each lead
and the enclosure. There should be
high resistance reading in each case,
in the megohms region.
BR1 does not require an insulating
washer since the metal tab on the back
of the package is insulated from the
internal diodes.
Before attaching the mains GPO,
you can print out the front panel
label (Fig.7), available to download
from our website at siliconchip.au/
Shop/11/436 Details on making a front
panel are found at: siliconchip.au/
Help/FrontPanels
Now wire everything up per Fig.6.
All wiring must be run using mainsrated cable. Be sure to use 10A cable
where indicated, and note that brown
wire is used for the Active wiring and
blue for Neutral. Green/yellow-striped
wire must be used for the Earth wiring only, and the Earth lead from the
IEC connector is attached via a crimp
eyelet to the enclosure Earth.
The wiring not marked as 10A can
be lighter-duty 7.5A mains wire, such
as for the speed potentiometer VR1, or
use 10A wiring throughout.
The IEC
socket and
Earth screw
are on the lefthand side of
the case.
82
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
The terminals on relay RLY3 will be
too tall for the lid to fit, so they need to
be cut down, with the wires soldered
directly to the shortened terminals
and covered in heatshrink insulation.
These terminals are brittle, so hold the
lower part of the terminal with small
flat-nosed pliers while you break off
the top part with another set of pliers.
The terminals will break at the wire
hole location.
Be sure to insulate all the connections with heatshrink tubing for safety,
and cable tie the wires to prevent
any wire breakages coming adrift, as
shown in Fig.6. The Active and Neutral leads are secured to the GPO using
cable ties that pass through the holes
in its moulding.
Use neutral-cure silicone sealant
(eg, Roof and Gutter silicone) to cover
the Active bus piece that connects the
Active pin to the fuse at the rear of the
IEC connector.
Take great care when making the
connections to the mains socket (GPO).
In particular, be sure to run the leads
to their correct terminals; the GPO has
the A, N and E clearly labelled. Do the
screws up tightly so that the leads are
held securely. Similarly, make sure
that the leads to CON1’s screw terminals are firmly secured.
Warnings
Almost all of the circuitry operates
at mains potential, so it is dangerous
to make contact with any part of the
circuit when it is powered. The speed
potentiometer connections are also at
mains potential.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6: all wires must be mains-rated;
the wires marked with an * need to
handle 10A, while the others can be
rated at 10A or 7.5A.
Some adjustments can be made
more safely by disconnecting the
mains supply from some parts of the
circuit. This leaves the circuit floating
at mains Neutral potential instead of
Active. You still need to be very careful, but the risk of electrocution should
you touch the circuitry is much lower.
Some adjustments will need to
be made when the circuit is live.
We recommend using a 1000V-rated
screwdriver with a 0.4mm-thick,
2.5mm-wide flat tip. That size of
screwdriver suits the trimpot adjustment screws and has a sufficient voltage rating to protect against electrical
shocks. We used a Wiha 1000V screwdriver that has an insulated shank.
Similarly, when measuring voltages
in the circuit, use a 600V CAT III (or
higher, eg, CAT IV) rated multimeter
and probes.
We provide indicator LEDs that
show when the circuit is powered and
live. So don’t touch the circuit when
any LED is lit, and always unplug it
siliconchip.com.au
from the mains before working on it
(except during the part of the setup
where it needs to be operating).
Another LED shows the PWM duty
cycle by varying brightness with PWM
duty. A separate LED shows when the
speed potentiometer is rotated fully
anti-clockwise. Finally, there is one
LED that shows when the motor can
be started.
Testing
Ensure that the mains power point
you connect to when testing and
adjusting the 180V DC Motor Controller is connected to an Earth-leakage
core balanced relay, also known as
a Residual Current Device (RCD)
or mains safety switch. This can be
installed in the fusebox, as a separate
unit within the power point or as a
plug-in device.
The RCD is designed to cut the
power should you receive an electric
shock that passes through your body
to Earth. However, an RCD will not
Australia's electronics magazine
Errata: in Fig.2 last
month, the labels for
REG1 and REG2 were
transposed. The top
regulator should be
REG2 (7815), while
the middle one should
be REG1 (7812).
protect you if current flows through
your body from Active to Neutral (eg,
by touching two points in the circuit
with different hands).
Thus, it is a good idea to use one
hand only when there is any possibility of making contact with the live
circuitry within the Motor Controller.
If you are building the Controller
in a different arrangement than the
one we described, eg, with the motor
hardwired to it, any wiring that goes
outside the enclosure must be run in
sheathed mains-rated cable that is
secured to the enclosure with cordgrip
grommets. This includes the safety/
emergency stop switch wires.
The safety/emergency stop switch
must be mains-rated and enclosed in
an Earthed enclosure with its contacts
covered in heatshrink tubing and the
wiring cable tied together. Treat all
connections to it as if they are live!
Additionally, the wires from the safety
switch need to be secured to its enclosure with a cordgrip grommet.
August 2024 83
Fig.7: this panel label is also available as a PDF download from the Silicon Chip website. It can be printed, laminated and
attached to the lid. This panel is shown at 83.3% actual size, and so needs to be enlarged by exactly 20%.
Initial settings that can be made
with the power off include setting the
torque trimpot to near 0W. This resistance can be measured between the Vt
and Rt test points.
IC1b’s gain is set by varying VR2’s
resistance (referred to as R1) to provide
the required current measurement output voltage at the rated current of the
motor that’s used.
Table 1 shows the resistance setting for R1 versus motor ratings and
shunt resistances. We show values
based on ¼HP increments from ¼HP
through to 2½HP. This closely corresponds to 1A to 10A motor ratings in
1A steps. That’s because, for a 180V
DC motor, each amp is 180W. Since
1HP is 746W, 180W is 0.24HP or near
enough to 0.25HP.
resistors in series to form a 0.1W shunt
instead of the 0.022W shunts used for
other ratings; in that case, less gain is
required from IC1b.
The gain for IC1b is set so that, at
the full rated motor current, its output
sits at 0.55V. For example, when the
current shunt is 0.022W, and the motor
is rated at 10A, the voltage across the
shunt will be 0.22V at 10A. IC1b needs
to amplify this to give the 550mV output, meaning a gain of 2.5. The formula
for the required R1 resistance is (gain
– 1) × 430W. That works out to 645W
in this example.
With the power off, connect your
multimeter probes to the two R1 test
points on the PCB and adjust VR2
for the value required for R1. Now
insert IC1 and the remaining ICs in
their sockets if you have not already
done so.
Shunt values
Overload setting
Note that the shunt resistance
comprises series and parallel resistors to provide the required overall
shunt resistance. For the 1A and 2A
rated motors, you can use two 0.05W
At the motor’s rated current, IC1b’s
output delivers 0.55V. IC3d amplifies this by 4.68, giving a 2.57V output. VR6 provides adjustment of
the current threshold (It) for motor
Setting IC1b’s gain
84
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
overload. To set the motor overload
to 1.6 times the rated current, the ‘It’
setting should be 1.6 × 2.57V = 4.1V.
This value assumes that the Vovl offset output from IC3d is set to 0V using
VR5, which we will do later.
The overload trip voltage needs to be
set with the power on. Before applying power:
1. Check your wiring carefully and
ensure all mains connections are covered in heatshrink tubing and the wiring is cable-tied.
2. Check the Earth connection
between the enclosure and the Earth
pin on the IEC connector. The reading
should be steady and under 1W.
3. Install the fuse inside the fuse
holder.
Testing
The initial testing and setting up can
be done more safely by disconnecting
the Active wire to BR1. This is done at
CON1, by removing the wire between
terminals 4 and 5 and only connecting the Active wire to terminal 5. Also
disconnect the spade connector wire
loop between CON5 and CON7.
siliconchip.com.au
The large relay’s
terminals are cut down and
the wires soldered and covered
with heatshrink so the lid will fit.
Because the circuit operates at
mains potential, it is unsafe to make
contact with any part of the circuit,
including the terminals of VR1, when
it is switched on, despite the above
measures. Do not touch any part of
the circuit except with the multimeter
probes and 1000V-rated screwdriver.
Attach the enclosure lid before
switching on power for the first time.
That will make it safer if something
is wrong, such as a reverse-connected
electrolytic capacitor or if a 16V capacitor is installed in a 25V position. Still,
check those aspects again before fitting
the lid and applying power.
If all is quiet when power is applied
(except for relays clicking), switch off
the power and open the lid. Wearing
safety glasses, switch on the power
again and measure the AC voltage
between Neutral (at terminal 3 of
CON1) and the mains Earth connection to the enclosure. The reading
should be no more than a few volts.
You should read close to 230V AC
between Earth and terminal 5 of CON1.
If the Neutral reading is instead
close to 230V AC, check that you have
siliconchip.com.au
wired up
the IEC connector correctly.
If the wiring is correct,
your mains supply may have the
Active and Neutral wires transposed.
Have this corrected by an electrician
before proceeding with testing the
motor controller.
Switching on power again, you
should be greeted with power LED2
lighting to show that the +12 and -12V
supplies are up. Check the regulators
for the correct output voltages. There
should be +12V between the 0V and
+12V test points. Similarly, there
should be +15V at the +15V test point
and -12V at the -12V test point. These
voltages should be within 5% of the
designated voltages.
That means between 11.4V and
12.6V for 12V, -11.4V to -12.6V for
-12V and between 14.25V and 15.75V
for +15V.
Verify that when VR1 is fully
anti-clockwise, LED4 is off and only
switches on once the speed pot (VR1)
is rotated clockwise slightly.
It is important to test the Controller
Australia's electronics magazine
initially using
a filament light
bulb. A halogen
25-100W bulb is
sufficient, eg, in a
table lamp. This way,
nothing bad will happen
if the ‘motor speed’ oscillates; any
changes in ‘speed’ can be seen by
observing the lamp brightness.
Setup and adjustment
With the lamp connected, perform
the following tests and adjustments.
All voltage measurements below are
with respect to the 0V test point.
1. Adjust VR3 for -7V at Vt.
2. Adjust VR1 for 0.5V at Vc.
3. Adjust VR7 so that LED3 is just lit,
then back off anti-clockwise until the
LED is off. Vs should measure 0.4-1.0V.
4. Adjust VR5 for a reading at Vovl
as close to 0V as you can manage.
5. Adjust VR6 for 4.1V at ‘It’. This
sets the motor overload threshold to
1.6 times its rating.
Now switch off the power, unplug
the unit and restore the Active connection between terminals 4 and 5 of
August 2024 85
The assembled module,
ready for mounting in the case.
CON1. Also reconnect the crimp spade
lead from CON5 to CON7. Make sure
VR1 is set fully anti-clockwise and
connect the lamp. Apply power and
wait for RLY1 to switch off (indicated
by LED4 switching off).
Check that the lamp begins to glow
at low speed settings and reaches full
brightness with the potentiometer
fully clockwise. Once the operation is
successful with the lamp, switch off
the power and test it with the motor.
Verify that the motor speed can be
controlled, noting that the motor will
not start unless the speed potentiometer is rotated fully anti-clockwise
first (LED4 off). Wait for RLY3 to be
powered (LED5 lit) before bringing it
up to speed.
Test the motor under load at around
25-50% of full speed and adjust the
Torque trimpot, VR4, so that the motor
does not drop markedly in speed when
a load is applied.
Anti-clockwise rotation of VR4
increases the feedback control, meaning that more torque will be applied
when the motor is under load. Too
much speed compensation can cause
the motor to speed up under load, so
minor adjustments between tests are
necessary to get it right.
Note also that the torque adjustment will affect the Vs value set with
VR7, which ensures the PWM output
is zero when the speed potentiometer
is brought fully anti-clockwise. Check
this by repeating steps 2 and 3 above
after adjusting VR4.
Suppose the motor drops in speed
too much under load even with
86
Silicon Chip
maximum torque adjustment. In that
case, the output from IC1b (current
feedback) can be boosted by increasing the gain of this amplifier via clockwise adjustment of VR2. Again, make
small adjustments between load tests.
Increasing the gain of IC1b will
also require increasing the overload
threshold (It) using VR6 by the same
percentage.
Adding a reversing switch
If you need a motor reversing
switch, you can use a 3PDT switch, as
shown in Fig.8. One suitable switch is
the “Lovato 3PDT 3 Position 60° Motor
Reversing Cam Switch”, rated at 20A.
It has a knob actuator and is available
from RS Components (Cat 8405624).
Two poles of the switch are used
to reverse the motor polarity. The
third switch pole ensures the motor
is disconnected from power during
the switching. It does this by opening
the safety switch connection at terminals 7 and 8 of CON1. This prevents
the motor from being switched into
reverse while the motor is running.
After reversing, the motor can
only be started once the speed pot is
returned to its anti-clockwise position.
If a safety/emergency stop switch is
also used, this will need to connect in
series with the reversing switch pole
at terminal 8 of CON1.
There is insufficient room inside
the enclosure to install a reversing
switch. Consequently, mains wiring
for the motor connections and safety/
emergency stop switch will need
to run outside the enclosure using
10A sheathed mains cable, with the
cables secured to the enclosure using
cordgrip grommets.
The reversing switch must also
be enclosed in an Earthed metal
enclosure with cables secured using
cordgrip grommets. Altronics H4280
grommets are suitable.
Note that if you have an on/off
switch in series with the motor wiring,
the switch needs to be a double-pole,
double-throw type (DPDT) so that
one pole connects or disconnects the
power to the motor, with the second
pole connected in the same way as
shown for the third pole in the reversing switch. That way, the motor can’t
suddenly be reconnected, which could
SC
damage the Speed Controller.
Fig.8: a 3PDT
or 3P3T switch
can be used
to reverse the
motor. The
third pole
(terminals
9-12) is used
to shut down
the Controller
when the
direction is
changed. The
speed pot needs
to be reset to
zero each time
the switch is
thrown before
the motor will
be powered
again.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Vintage Radio
HMV 42-71 dual-wave superhet
receiver
By Marcus Chick
This radio by His Master’s Voice was made in Australia from 1954 to
1959, using HMV’s type 42 chassis. It’s a mostly standard mains-powered
set with MW and SW reception, but a few surprises are hiding within.
T
his set came to me due to an
acquaintance downsizing and
moving into a retirement village. It was
described to me as a 6V radio. However, on collecting it, it was apparent
that it was mains-powered.
Editor’s note: this set was previously
reviewed by Rodney Champness in the
August 2003 issue (siliconchip.au/
Article/5648). You can read that article for a more detailed breakdown of
the model 42-71’s circuit.
The model 42-71 is a typical Bakelite table radio of the day, featuring
the then-recently-introduced miniature valves. For a multi-band set, it
siliconchip.com.au
is unusual as this set is in the higher
price range. While it is designed as
what the Americans called “farm
radios”, it does not have the usual
RF amplification valve preceding the
frequency-changer valve. Nonetheless,
it is an attractive piece.
Not uncommon for the era, the set
shared its chassis with other cabinet
shapes to become ‘different models’.
After all, why reinvent the wheel? In
this case, the chassis is type number
42. You can get the service manual
for that chassis from Kevin Chant’s
website at www.kevinchant.com/
hmv3.html
Australia's electronics magazine
Uniquely to HMV, it uses 457.5kHz
for its intermediate frequency (IF),
whereas most in that era used 455kHz.
There was sound logic behind that.
The objective was to ensure that none
of the sub-multiple frequencies produced by the oscillator fell on a radio
station, especially the one you were
trying to listen to.
There were plenty of national and
international radio broadcasters back
then. To accommodate that, there were
three shortwave (SW) bands because
changes in the time of day, sunspot
activity and weather all conspired to
render some bands inoperable.
August 2024 87
SW1 covered 14.2 to 18.4MHz, SW2
covered 24.79 to 31.92MHz and SW3
covered 5.9 to 7.5MHz. SW3 is ‘band
spread’, so fewer station frequencies are over a larger area of the dial.
Then we have the broadcast band of
540–1600kHz, which had its station
spacing reduced from 10kHz to 9kHz
in 1978. That is why only 3SR and
2AY are anywhere near their original
positions.
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the set’s circuit, which
follows the general plan for a superheterodyne radio of the day. V1 (6AN7),
the ‘frequency changer’, is actually two
valves in the same envelope. This was a
88
Silicon Chip
step forward as the triode in the 6AN7
complements its hexode by becoming
a separate exciter for the oscillator.
Valves of this type were used in
shortwave sets as they provided better modulation (and thus better performance) at higher frequencies.
Restoration
A cable with a mains plug is no guarantee of its actual operating voltage, so
I needed to assess it first.
I never plug a set in to see if it works;
I cannot viably repair some sets when
they self-destruct after being plugged
in like this. Many of these sets were
abandoned after they broke down,
and as we who fix know all too well,
Australia's electronics magazine
certain bits deteriorate when the set is
not used for a long time.
I concluded that the incorrect
description came from the fact that
the visible valves have sixes written
on them. In other words, the heaters
ran from 6V, not the whole set.
The set only had one knob attached,
which was not entirely unusual, as
they were the long-shanked plastic
types with a clamp. Most of those were
bad news. Rigid plastic and movement
were never a successful combination,
and that plastic does decompose and
go brittle.
Under the dirt, there appeared to
be an almost-mint Bakelite cabinet.
So, after separating it from the chassis
siliconchip.com.au
◀ Fig.1: the circuit diagram for the
HMV 42-71. Its most notable features
are the multiple wafer switches for
selecting between the MW, SW1, SW2
and SW3 bands and the somewhat
unusual 457.5kHz intermediate
frequency. Unlike some similar sets,
this one lacks an RF amplification
stage. The chassis diagram for the set
is shown at lower left.
and giving it a shower to get the dust
off, I decided it was in better condition than I first thought. The chassis
(which had not been showered) was
also in reasonable condition.
I took a good look at the chassis and
noticed several waxed paper capacitors as well as obvious heat damage to
the transformer wires. There were also
three aged Ducon electrolytic caps,
plus the mains cable didn’t seem to be
in great condition. There was no way I
was going to power it up in this state.
General restoration advice
I have no tolerance for wax paper
and some oil-filled caps; they inevitably become electrically leaky. I do not
siliconchip.com.au
bother testing wax paper caps; finding
one good one in probably five hundred
is not efficient, so I replaced them all.
My “Honor” (Lafayette) RC Tester
manual quotes a non-polarised capacitor with a leakage resistance below
50MW (at valve working voltages)
as unsuitable for screen decoupling,
and less than 200MW unsuitable for
coupling. Therefore, I will not tolerate a leaky non-polarised capacitor,
regardless of whether it can be made
to function.
Consider that in a set like this, the
grids will draw next to no current. So
any positive voltage applied to the
control grid will destroy its bias and
can, or will, damage the valve. Even if
Australia's electronics magazine
it doesn’t, it will ruin its performance.
I usually touch a battery across
the output transformer’s primary to
ensure it is working and then perform
resistance checks on primaries and
secondaries. That eliminates a lot of
time-wasting and potentially damaging rework later.
Most Australian mica caps from
the late thirties are reliable, and they
should not touched, unless one end
is out of the circuit. If one of its wires
is out of circuit, I perform an insulation test to ensure there is no leakage.
I absolutely do not perform this test
on any capacitors that are across tuning coils etc (the coils and gang are a
matched set). Since the mica capacitors are installed during manufacture,
tampering with them is liable to cause
the set to not work properly.
The coils and gang are a matched set.
They have mica caps installed during
manufacturing to meet their specifications and tampering with them can
have catastrophic results.
Amazingly, there was one early
modern type capacitor in this set. It
stayed while the rest went. I was surprised to find no resistors worth changing as I went through the caps. As the
transformer wires had succumbed to
the heat of the rectifier and output
valves, I cut the wires short and spliced
in new lengths.
Adding some heat shielding
I cut out a piece of spare sheet metal
from some shed doors to make a heat
shield to fit between the 6N8, 6M5 &
6V4 valves and the transformer, protecting the new transformer wires. You
can see it in place in the photo of the
rear of the chassis.
The mains cable had also been
affected by the heat from the rectifier,
so I took the opportunity to cut off
the supply wires to the gramophone
socket and, as there was room, reroute
the new Earthed mains cable along the
side of the chassis with clamps (you
can also see this new arrangement in
that chassis photo).
August 2024 89
90
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
These three photos show the HMV 42-71 set after cleaning it, replacing all the old paper capacitors and some of the
resistors. The mains cable was also replaced, as the previous one was too degraded, and lastly you can see the heat shield
behind the 6N8, 6M5 & 6V4 valves in the photo at lower left. The P-clamp that holds the mains cable is too large, and uses
a ‘not-to-standard’ cable tie to prevent it from pulling out. Best practice would be to use an appropriately-sized P-clamp to
hold the cable securely.
This was also the point that I
decided that I needed to find out what
model the set actually was, to ascertain
the IF. As mentioned earlier, it is actually 457.5kHz, rather than the common
455kHz of most sets of that era.
I noted that the circuit required R11,
R12 & R13 to be three 10kW resistors
in parallel. Interestingly, this set only
had two. I left it as was. After completing a refit, I attached an analog meter
across the B supply to monitor it and
powered up the set via an isolation
transformer with a kill switch.
I also have neon lamps in bezels to
the primary and secondary of the isolation transformer so I can quickly see
if voltage is present, along with fuses
on both primary and secondary to protect the transformer itself.
Powering it up
The start-up was perplexing. There
were no dial lights; the heaters were
glowing, but there was no HT. Blown
dial lights are typical, so I fitted new
globes. There was power on the rectifier, but nothing coming out of it.
I hunted down another 6V4, as my
“Knight” tester will not check a 6V4.
With the new valve, I got a reading
siliconchip.com.au
on the B voltage, although it was low.
That was obviously due to the missing
10kW resistor, so I replaced the two in
the set with three new ones in parallel.
Calibration
It quickly became clear that someone had been playing with all the
adjusting screws.
Initially, the calibration did not go
well; a symphony orchestra of various noises was getting in via the 36m
antenna. A new G10 LED light was
sending out a mass of RFI. Like the
other noisy LED lights I’ve purchased,
I returned it for a refund. That is why
I use a halogen desk light. The computer’s UPS was also chipping into the
EMI cacophony.
Clearly, regulations around RFI no
longer exist or are being ignored. AM
radio is being pushed out to hide the
fact that RFI is out of control.
After killing power to all the noisy
lights, plugpacks and such, I managed to get the calibration done. That
improved things immensely. I did it
with an entry-level signal generator,
calibrated with a Fluke frequency
counter and an oscilloscope as the
meter. The ‘scope is also helpful for
Australia's electronics magazine
checking for gross distortion and, if
present, helping to find its source.
The signal generator must not be
calibrated with the modulation tone
on. My oscilloscope, counter and signal generator are coupled via a dedicated attenuator box in a shielded
metal housing.
Naturally, there was that annoying
hissy crackle of a bad connection audible on start-up, which I quickly traced
to pin 3 of the 6M5 socket. After sorting that and burn-in testing the chassis,
I treated the cabinet with a beeswax
furniture polish and put the set back
together. It does pay to remove and
replace valves and to scrape any oxidation from the pins. They should also
be tested before putting them back in.
Note that the knobs shown in the
photos are from HMV but are not correct for the model.
Conclusion
This is an attractive radio that
cleaned up well. You have to be wary
of people having messed with the set
previously and introduced faults. Most
importantly, if the condition of the set
is unknown to you, make sure it’s safe
to power up before doing so!
SC
August 2024 91
SERVICEMAN’S LOG
Use the force, Dave
Dave Thompson
Over the years, I have built and repaired some weird and wonderful
things. These items are not necessarily electronics-related, either. But none
of that prepared me for what showed up on my workbench this month.
F
or example, I have built a car from the ground up. I have
made my own furniture, musical instruments (many,
many guitars, mandolins and violins) and solid-state and
valve amplifiers to make the instruments louder.
I have made my own microphones, bugs, radios, computers, Theremins and myriad other hobby electronics projects
in between, mainly described by the likes of Electronics
Australia, Silicon Chip, Electronics Today International
and all the British magazines of the 1970s and 1980s. I have
also repaired hundreds, if not thousands, of devices, from
mechanical repairs to purely electronic fixes.
As you can imagine, this has been far more rewarding
than merely being an IT guy, though that business has
allowed me to indulge in all those other things. I have
repaired TVs and VCRs in Australia (which gives you an
indication of when I was there last!) and computers and
various other devices in England, Austria and Croatia. Still,
in all my years of doing this work, I have never repaired
a lightsabre!
I know. I can hear your gasps of excitement from here!
But, full disclaimer, and somewhat sadly, I must advise that
these are not ‘real’ lightsabres. I can hear your groans of
disappointment from here.
Real lightsabres are
92
Silicon Chip
military-grade, highly classified and, as such, are very
closely monitored by the government because those things
can be really dangerous! If one isn’t careful, someone could
lose a hand! The purple ones are especially hazardous and
must be treated with great caution.
These two in the workshop are just civilian-level lightsabres. Even if modified (which I would never do, of course),
they will not take a leg off, cut burning swathes through
spaceship hulls or slice open the belly of a tauntaun on
the frigid surface of ice planet Hoth.
I know this is disappointing to many, but they are only
for training purposes, and are designed to avoid the catastrophic injuries typically associated with the real ones.
Toys vs the real deal
Many of you will have seen these toys in the stores
and may have even bought some for the grandkids. Generally, they are nasty, lightweight, cheap plastic things.
The best they do is flash a few LEDs down the soft translucent plastic tube that is supposed to be the ‘sabre’ part
of the device.
A few even make it look as if the blade ‘grows’ longer
by using strip lights, an effect that usually only works in
complete darkness and with a lot of imagination thrown
in. Typically, kids have these things bent and broken in
minutes because it is almost impossible to resist the urge
to smash them against each other (if two are available) or
into household furnishings.
This generally destroys them pretty quickly, because
they are not designed for that sort of action (even though
it’s the first and only thing a kid will want to do when they
get hold of one).
I remember being in a play at primary school wherein I
was cast as a pirate. Dad made me a sheet aluminium ‘cutlass’ style sword with a timber dowel and insulation-tape
handle to use as a prop. He warned me that it was pretty
weak around the tang (he used the word handle), so I
shouldn’t hit anything with it. You already know what I
did, the first chance I got.
In my defence, it’s a natural human reaction. Of course,
I hit something and sheared off the blade from the handle
on the first strike. He wouldn’t make me another one, so I
learned a lesson that day. I did the play with a plastic one,
and keenly felt the difference and his disappointment!
So, there’s a massive difference between the lightsabres
on the market. Some are for kids and don’t/won’t last, while
others are a little more adult, better thought out and might
actually make the grade.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Items Covered This Month
• Stress testing your electronics
• Shining a light on an intermittent LED magnifier
• The beeping and oscillating fan
• Repairing a gifted extension lead
Dave Thompson runs PC Anytime in Christchurch, NZ.
Website: www.pcanytime.co.nz
Email: dave<at>pcanytime.co.nz
Cartoonist – Louis Decrevel
Website: loueee.com
Nicely made but not robust
The two that turned up in my workshop recently were
of the latter variety. These devices were heavy-duty and
very well made, the best I have ever seen. They hailed from
China (where else) and were not overly expensive, given
their build quality.
The handles were substantial and hefty, about 200mm
long and 25mm in diameter. They were made from beautifully turned thick aluminium stock, anodised in black. A
small speaker was mounted within the tube handle right
at the bottom, protected by a fine steel mesh.
If you can recall those ultrasonic transducers we used to
experiment with back in the 80s, you’ll be able to picture
what this speaker looks like from the bottom. At the other
end, a very shiny parabolic-shaped reflector is embedded
in the top end of the handle. This contains a super-bright
LED array, in monolithic form, mounted right in the centre.
Along the top of the handle, where your thumb would
naturally sit, is a solid push button, which switches the
device on and off. Just below that is a charging port, a
standard barrel connector that uses a lead (which comes
with the devices) that plugs into a suitable USB phone
wall charger. These sabres have heft and certainly looked
the part!
I didn’t see the extended polycarbonate translucent
‘blade’ part, as the client had already removed those for
easier transport. In my opinion, that is the hardest part
about replicating a lightsabre. Most just don’t look right.
The typical frosted plastic ‘blades’ are not convincing, and some of the toy versions I have seen even have
an extendable blade system (like an old transistor radio
aerial) that is supposed to mimic the blade ‘growing’ out
of the handle. They are usually inherently weak and next
to useless.
My customer reported that his son, who owned these
sabres, also practises kung fu. Kung fu features all manner
of blade work; it’s basically an umbrella term for any Chinese martial art. It seems the son and his friend had staged
some full-contact combat using these toys, and suddenly,
both had stopped working. Yikes!
I guess somewhere in the Chinese instructions, they
advise against hitting anything at all with them, but the
very solid construction likely gave the guys a false sense
of security as to how far they could push their swordplay. I know the feeling; after 25 years of Aikido, I was
pretty tough on my timber training swords, requiring me
to replace them every few years because splinters can
really hurt!
siliconchip.com.au
Because the acrylic ‘blade’ parts had been removed,
it was a lot easier to work with them on the bench. My
bench looks like a grenade has gone off anyway, so not
having to deal with anything but the handle part of it
was a relief.
Getting them apart
Small grub screws held everything in, and it was clear
that someone had had these apart before. Several of the
screws had their threads stripped in the aluminium housing, so they just spun and wouldn’t come out. One had been
cranked in so tightly that it had distorted the speaker casing.
It’s never good to get things in for repair that someone
has already had a go at. Never mind, there was nothing
that couldn’t be undone, so far anyway.
The button and charging port on the handle had a couple of domed Allen screws holding it into the handle. I
guessed there would be a PCB in there that held all the
electronic components. I took out the grub screws holding the speaker and those holding the LED lens assembly
completely, and when the button screws were removed, I
could slide the whole caboodle out of the case.
I was impressed with the build quality of everything
I saw – someone had put some real effort into designing
this ‘toy’.
Once I had all the gubbins clear of the case, I could also
appreciate how much they’d managed to cram into it. It
all came out as one ‘string’ of components, with the LED
assembly at the top end, then the PCB, then the battery and
finally the speaker. Everything was inter-wired and taped
together. It was very well made.
My first port of call was the battery. I know some of
these rechargeable 18650 cells can be a little shonky in
Chinese gear, so it was out with the multimeter to see what
was going on with it. Sure enough, it was flat, reading just
under 1V – very low. The customer said they might have
been sitting around a while, so I broke out my bench power
supply to give it a nudge.
As soon as I connected the ad-hoc charging cable I’d made
up for it, I was rewarded with a bright green light from the
LED, which I guessed was a charging indicator light. That was a good sign. After
a few hours of pumping 5V at 250mA
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 93
into it, I pressed the button and was rewarded
with a screeching sound from the speaker and
a bright light from the other end.
I suspect that sound is the sampled sound
of a lightsabre firing up. As you can tell, I don’t
watch many Star Wars movies!
Pressing the button sequentially changed
the LED colour and a few of the sounds.
I think that when the acrylic ‘blade’ was
attached, this would look quite cool with all
the different colours and levels. The LEDs used
dimming effects, going brighter and darker to
simulate starting up and shutting down; that’s
quite clever, and when you include the sounds,
the experience is quite immersive.
I have to say, while these LEDs were not
lasers, they were exceptionally bright. I
couldn’t look directly at them – a mistake I
made just once. I don’t know whether they
had some tricky circuitry on the board to
boost the battery’s output, but overall, the
single 1800mAh cell did a pretty good job
of making this thing shine.
So, the battery was flat on light sabre number one.
Hopefully, number two would be just as simple.
A tougher nut to crack
While I charged number one’s battery, I disassembled
number two. This was the one with a distorted speaker
housing and a few stripped grub screws. I plugged my second power supply into the charging port (using crocodile
clips as my charging lead was already in use) and initially
got... nothing. Hmm.
The battery measured less than 0.3V and was likely too
far gone even to be chargeable now. The critical level is
usually around 2V. I unplugged it – the batteries on these
devices are connected using those typical little white twopin connectors we often see, usually called JST connectors.
This makes it easy to swap things over.
94
Silicon Chip
I sat number one alongside number two and plugged
the battery from one into two but still nothing happened.
Obviously, there was something else going on with number two.
I placed number one’s battery into its chain and set it
aside to let it continue charging – hopefully, that one would
return to its normal capacity with a little love. I ‘zapped’
the battery in number two just to see if I could resurrect it.
I also ordered a new one in case I needed it.
However, despite my best efforts, I could not get much
life from this battery. I could bring it up to voltage, but I
just couldn’t get any capacity out of it. Swapping things
around the other way, battery two in handle one, it would
fire up, but it would be flat in a minute.
The number two sabre itself still didn’t work. It
lit up with a flickering green charging light with
the power supply at a very specific voltage,
but it just wouldn’t do anything otherwise;
pressing the button had no effect. I tried
bridging the switch connections on the PCB,
in case the actual switch had failed, but to
no avail. Hmm...
I went over it under the microscope, looking for cracks in the printed circuit board or
other physical damage, but I could see none.
It is a wafer-thin multi-layer board; I guess
they don’t want to waste any more material than they absolutely have to. Given the
complexity of the board, there could be any
number of problems with it.
The PCB is packed with SMDs and all
the part codes had been ground off the chips,
which is so typical of this type of product.
siliconchip.com.au
I couldn’t see anything inside that might be affected by
impact damage. There were no apparent cracks, components fallen off or wires disconnected. It just didn’t work.
I suppose that, given time, I could have swapped PCBs
and other ancillary components between the two, even at a
board level, but I had to accept that number two was dead.
I did swap speakers to check that the bent one still
worked. Once I confirmed it was working, I used a pair of
vice-grips (suitably taped up to avoid leaving any marks)
to gently squeeze the speaker back into a rounder shape. It
seemed a moot thing to do, given that the sabre itself didn’t
work, but it needed doing, so I did it.
Fix or do not fix, there is no try
Sadly, with no circuits, no information online or even
any idea what the ICs were, there was not much I could
do except make sure the first one’s battery was up to spec
(which it seemed to be) and to chat with the client about
charging them up.
The charging lead came with the sabres, and it is designed
to be used with a phone charger. The problem is, as I’m
sure you can all see, is that there are several flavours of
phone chargers. The one the customer was using was a little weenie, but he did have one that stated 2A output, so I
advised him to use that one.
The smaller one may have eventually charged the batteries, given time, but when it comes to playing with swords,
especially ones that make noise and flash when you hit
them, there is no time like right now!
I reassembled the electronics into the handles, once
again marvelling at the attention to detail. For example,
the speaker had an O-ring, which sat in a groove around
the circumference and not only isolated it acoustically but
likely physically as well.
I doubt it was for water-proofing – civilian-level light
sabres do not work under water – so it must be there to
provide some damping from whatever vibrations or shock
might befall it during use.
So, mixed results then. One is up and running; the likely
problem was that the charger being used wasn’t supplying
enough juice to keep the battery charged. However, with
the second one, my guess is that it’s an internally cracked
board. Some of it seemed to work (for example, the battery charging circuitry), but something prevented the rest
from powering up.
Sadly, that was about as far as I could go without exceeding the cost of simply buying another one. Nobody wants
to pay hundreds to fix a $50 device. Still, at least he still
has one very cool, working lightsabre!
Servicing Stories Wanted
Do you have any good servicing stories that you would like
to share in The Serviceman column in SILICON CHIP? If so,
why not send those stories in to us? It doesn’t matter what
the story is about as long as it’s in some way related to the
electronics or electrical industries, to computers or even to
cars and similar.
We pay for all contributions published but please note that
your material must be original. Send your contribution by
email to: editor<at>siliconchip.com.au
Please be sure to include your full name and address details.
However, it has been playing up for the last year or two.
After switching it on, it would work normally, but after
a few minutes, the light would dim or go out. Switching
it off and on would sometimes result in it ‘resetting’ and
working fine for a bit longer, only for it to go out again
shortly after.
This intermittent fault had long puzzled me because
my initial diagnosis of it being an overheating component was not supported by the fact that it would sometimes immediately reset once power cycled. A hot component does not immediately cool down when the power
is switched off.
In any case, after putting it off for way too long, I decided
to take a look and pulled it apart, still mounted to the
bench but rotated by 180°. It is a 90 LED unit with three
curved boards of 30 surface-mount LEDs, each surrounding the magnifier lens, mounted on a removable plastic
sub-frame. The three LED boards are connected in series
by hard wire jumpers.
My initial assumption was that the fault was in the LED
driver board. Without the benefit of the magnifier (I later
realised I could’ve just popped the lens out and held it!), I
checked for obviously faulty joints, but everything seemed
in order. Noting carefully which end of the board was at
mains potential and which was low voltage, I gingerly felt
the back of the board for hot spots.
I didn’t feel any, but I must have bridged two wires that
shouldn’t have been bridged because the lights went out
and refused to come on again! I thought I had really ‘blown’
Jaycar QM3546 LED magnifier repair
I hate to throw something away that could be fixed, so I
often give it a go, whether it is mechanical or electrical. I
am an electronic repairer wannabe with a very mixed hit
rate. Needless to say, my favourite column in Silicon Chip
is Serviceman’s Log.
My Jaycar QM3546 desk-mounting LED magnifier has
been a great investment as birthdays flit by and vision
becomes more challenging. It was an essential item in my
fiddliest repair ever – my mother’s old pot plant moisture
meter in which the hairspring had come off. That required
the pointiest of soldering irons, the steadiest of hands and
the magnifiest of magnifiers.
siliconchip.com.au
An internal view of the Jaycar QM3546 LED magnifier. The
fault seemed to be temperature-related.
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 95
it this time. But after leaving it and coming back later, the
lights came on, bright at first, then dim.
After unscrewing the PCB, I noted that the one large
100V 100μF electrolytic capacitor was not bulged or leaking. I considered desoldering a leg to test its capacitance
and ESR, but first, I looked online to see if I could buy a
replacement if it was a dud. Dishearteningly, I couldn’t
find an exact replacement.
It was time to remove it from the desk to do some proper
checks. After crawling under the desk to remove the clamp
and give a contortionist a run for their money, I discovered that I need not have, as the lamp simply lifts out of
its clamped socket. Dang.
On a spare table, and with the LED sub-board flipped over
so as not to blind me, I switched it on and it came on dim.
I measured the output voltage at around 47V. I assumed
that the voltage must be higher for it to work correctly.
As a better test for overheating components, I added
a spray nozzle to a can of butane, ensured no ignition
sources were nearby, inverted the can, and sprayed the
board. The board got cold, but nothing changed; the lights
remained dim.
Getting the lights to shine brightly so I could measure the
output voltage in that condition was problematic and took
some time and fiddling. When they finally did, I quickly
measured the output voltage, expecting it to be much higher
than before – it was the same! If there was no difference
in the output voltage as the brightness changed, the fault
must be with the LED boards.
After switching the lights off and reinstalling the PCB, I
flipped the LED sub-frame over and examined them. One
LED had brown stains at each end, but after testing it, I found
it wasn’t blown and seemed to work normally. I checked
it while wearing a pair of welding goggles!
I started noticing that the more I handled the sub-frame,
the more the lights flickered. I checked and wiggled the
main power input wires, but they seemed securely fastened.
Each LED sub-board was held in place with three screws,
and I removed them now.
Since the jumpers were not flexible multi-strand wires, I
felt sure that lifting the light boards out of their little cradle
would result in breakage, and I would inevitably end up
re-soldering something. As I began to raise them, one joint
broke almost immediately. Reseating them in the cradle and
using a screwdriver to re-make the connection resulted in
the lights shining brightly.
I screwed the boards back down to prevent relative
movement and re-soldered this joint. I deeply suspected
that this was the fault all along and not merely the outcome of my disassembly. That was confirmed when the
lights came on immediately and powerfully, in contrast
to before, when the lights would take time to ramp up and
were not fully bright.
In the accompanying photo (on page 95), the screwdriver points to the initially faulty connection.
After beginning to reassemble it and almost forgetting to
include the diffuser/lens-holder, I got it all back together
and working nicely above my desk.
There were many times I toyed with the idea of discarding this lamp and buying one of the sexy new ones with
interchangeable lenses, but I knew that this one would
continue to haunt me if I didn’t at least try to fix it, a fix
that turned out to be relatively simple. It’s always about
giving it a go, taking it slowly, trying to think as logically as possible, eliminating what it isn’t, leading you
to what it is.
T. M., Capel, WA
Lucci Breeze model 213128 fan repair
A friend rang and asked me if I could come over and
look at her oscillating fan, which was making beeping
noises when switched on. The fan was bolted to the wall
and could be operated by an infrared remote control. She
was correct; when I switched on the power, the fan made
beeping noises but did nothing else. So I unbolted it and
took it back to examine it on the bench.
The fan was relatively easy to get apart, and I was soon
looking at a circuit board with a capacitive power supply
that had a 1μF X2 capacitor in series with the mains. The
capacitor drops most of the mains voltage and dissipates
little to no power because the current and voltage are out
of phase.
Above: the main PCB for the Lucci Breeze fan (shown
adjacent) with the 1μF capacitor removed. Keen eyed
readers might be able to see that the PCB silkscreen labels
that capacitor as 0.1μF.
96
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
This type of circuit is dangerous to work on, as the whole
electronics board is at mains potential. So I plugged it into
my mains isolating transformer to be on the safe side.
It no longer beeped when I turned it on, so I thought it
could be an intermittent fault. I measured +5V across a
large filter capacitor, so all seemed OK. But when I tried
to operate the fan, the +5V dropped to +3V.
I have seen this fault many times before where the X2
capacitor has dropped in value, so the reactance becomes
too high for the circuit to work properly. I removed the
capacitor and found it to be only 170nF instead of the
specified 1μF (1000nF). A typical tolerance of such a part
is 20%, so it was way out of spec.
I had a replacement class-X2 capacitor in my range of
spares, but it was physically a bit larger and would not fit
under the circuit board where the original was. I had to
make flying leads and attach the capacitor to the plastic
case around the circuit board, ensuring the system was
still well insulated.
The fan worked as intended when powered on, with the
remote controlling the speed and oscillation. After reassembling it, I returned the fan and reattached it to the wall. My
friend was very happy to have her cooling fan going again,
as summer was just around the corner.
Editor’s note: we often find that replacement X2 capacitors are physically larger than the failed ones. We wonder why!
J. W., Hillarys, WA
Extension lead repair
I was sorting through some items in a box given to me
years ago that I hadn’t gotten around to checking when I
found a short extension lead. I noticed that the cord-grip
nut was missing from both the plug and the socket, so I
would have to repair it before I could put it with our other
extension leads.
I started at the plug end and immediately noticed that
the plug was on the wrong end of the cable because the
Active and Neutral wires crossed over instead of going
straight to their respective terminals. That meant I would
have to remove the plug and the socket and swap them.
I turned my attention to the socket end and could see
that the Active and Neutral wires did not cross over but
were connected to each other’s terminals! I don’t know
who made this extension lead, but they obviously did not
know what they were doing.
With both the plug and the socket removed, I fitted them
to the correct ends of the cable, along with cord-grip nuts,
ensuring that the Active and Neutral wires connected to
their correct terminals. I then tested the lead with my multimeter, and all was good. Whenever I encounter an extension lead that is not ours, I always check it to verify that
it’s in good condition and wired correctly.
This particular lead could have been dangerous in certain
circumstances, for example, if some idiot used the ‘black
is Earth’ idea (a common vehicle terminology, which isn’t
correct either).
I remember reading a Serviceman’s entry in Electronics
Australia decades ago, where a similar situation existed
with a live PA system. If you don’t know what you are
doing with mains wiring, it’s best to leave it to someone
who does.
B. P., Dundathu, Qld
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 97
SILICON
CHIP
.com.au/shop
ONLINESHOP
HOW TO ORDER
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5:00 AET, Mon-Fri)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PO Box 194, MATRAVILLE, NSW 2036
(02) 9939 3295, +612 for international
You can also pay by cheque/money order (Orders by mail only) or bank transfer. Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip.
08/24
YES! You can also order or renew your Silicon Chip subscription via any of these methods as well!
The best benefit, apart from the magazine? Subscribers get a 10% discount on all orders for parts.
PRE-PROGRAMMED MICROS
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/9
$10 MICROS
$15 MICROS
24LC32A-I/SN
ATmega328P
ATmega328P-AUR
ATtiny45-20PU
ATtiny85V-10PU
PIC10LF322-I/OT
PIC12F1572-I/SN
PIC12F617-I/P
PIC12F617-I/SN
PIC12F675-I/P
PIC16F1455-I/P
Digital FX Unit (Apr21)
110dB RF Attenuator (Jul22), Basic RF Signal Generator (Jun23)
RGB Stackable LED Christmas Star (Nov20)
2m VHF CW/FM Test Generator (Oct23)
Shirt Pocket Audio Oscillator (Sep20)
Range Extender IR-to-UHF (Jan22)
LED Christmas Ornaments (Nov20; versions), Nano TV Pong (Aug21)
Active Mains Soft Starter (Feb23), Model Railway Uncoupler (Jul23)
Model Railway Carriage Lights (Nov21)
Train Chuff Sound Generator (Oct22)
Auto Train Controller (Oct22), GPS Disciplined Oscillator (May23)
Railway Points Controller Transmitter / Receiver (2 versions; Feb24)
PIC16F1455-I/SL Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), USB-C Serial Adaptor (Jun24)
PIC16LF1455-I/P New GPS-Synchronised Analog Clock (Sep22)
PIC16F1459-I/P
Cooling Fan Controller (Feb22), Remote Mains Switch (RX, Jul22)
K-Type Thermostat (Nov23), Secure Remote Switch (RX, Dec23)
Mains Power-Up Sequencer (Feb24 | repurposed firmware Jul24)
PIC16F1459-I/SO Multimeter Calibrator (Jul22), Buck/Boost Charger Adaptor (Oct22)
PIC16F15214-I/SN Tiny LED Icicle (Nov22), Digital Volume Control Pot (SMD; Mar23)
Silicon Chirp Cricket (Apr23)
PIC16F15214-I/P Digital Volume Control Pot (through-hole; Mar23)
PIC16F15224-I/SL Multi-Channel Volume Control (OLED Module; Dec23)
PIC16F1705-I/P
Digital Lighting Controller Translator (Dec21)
PIC16F18146-I/SO Volume Control (Control Module, Dec23), Coin Cell Emulator (Dec23)
PIC16LF15323-I/SL Remote Mains Switch (TX, Jul22), Secure Remote Switch (TX, Dec23)
W27C020
Noughts & Crosses Computer (Jan23)
ATSAML10E16A-AUT
PIC16F18877-I/P
PIC16F18877-I/PT
High-Current Battery Balancer (Mar21)
USB Cable Tester (Nov21)
Dual-Channel Breadboard PSU Display Adaptor (Dec22)
Wideband Fuel Mixture Display (WFMD; Apr23)
PIC16F88-I/P
Battery Charge Controller (Jun22), Railway Semaphore (Apr22)
PIC24FJ256GA702-I/SS
Ohmmeter (Aug22), Advanced SMD Test Tweezers (Feb23),
ESR Test Tweezers (Jun24)
PIC32MM0256GPM028-I/SS Super Digital Sound Effects (Aug18)
PIC32MX170F256D-501P/T 44-pin Micromite Mk2 (Aug14), 4DoF Simulation Seat (Sep19)
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SP Micromite LCD BackPack V1-V3 (Feb16 / May17 / Aug19)
Advanced GPS Computer (Jun21), Touchscreen Digital Preamp (Sep21)
PIC32MX170F256B-I/SO
Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), Battery Manager BackPack (Aug21)
PIC32MX270F256B-50I/SP ASCII Video Terminal (Jul14), USB M&K Adaptor (Feb19)
$20 MICROS
ATmega32U4
ATmega644PA-AU
Wii Nunchuk RGB Light Driver (Mar24)
AM-FM DDS Signal Generator (May22)
$25 MICROS
dsPIC33FJ64MC802-E/SP 1.5kW Induction Motor Speed Controller (Aug13)
PIC32MX470F512H-I/PT
Stereo Echo/Reverb (Feb 14), Digital Effects Unit (Oct14)
PIC32MX470F512H-120/PT Micromite Explore 64 (Aug 16), Micromite Plus (Nov16)
PIC32MX470F512L-120/PT Micromite Explore 100 (Sep16)
$30 MICROS
PIC32MX695F512H-80I/PT Touchscreen Audio Recorder (Jun14)
PIC32MZ2048EFH064-I/PT DSP Crossover/Equaliser (May19), Low-Distortion DDS (Feb20)
DIY Reflow Oven Controller (Apr20), Dual Hybrid Supply (Feb22)
KITS, SPECIALISED COMPONENTS ETC
DUAL MINI LED DICE
(AUG 24)
AUTOMATIC LQ METER KIT (SC6939)
(JUL 24)
ESR TEST TWEEZERS COMPLETE KIT (SC6952)
(JUN 24)
PICO DIGITAL VIDEO TERMINAL (SC6917)
(MAR 24)
MAINS POWER-UP SEQUENCER
(FEB 24)
$50.00
$10.00
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER KIT (SC6784)
(FEB 24)
$17.50
$22.50
$20.00
USB TO PS/2 KEYBOARD & MOUSE ADAPTOR
(JAN 24)
MULTI-CHANNEL VOLUME CONTROL
(DEC 23)
SECURE REMOTE SWITCH
(DEC 23)
IDEAL DIODE BRIDGE RECTIFIER
(DEC 23)
Complete kit: choice of white or black PCB solder mask (see page 50, August 2024)
- Through-hole LEDs kit (SC6849)
$17.50
- SMD LEDs kit (SC6961)
$17.50
Includes everything except the case & debugging interface (see p33, July24)
- Rotary encoder with integral pushbutton (available separately, SC5601)
Includes all parts and OLED, except the coin cell and optional header
- 0.96in white OLED with SSD1306 controller (also sold separately, SC6936)
DC SUPPLY PROTECTOR
USB-C SERIAL ADAPTOR COMPLETE KIT (SC6652)
Includes the PCB, programmed micro and all other required parts
WIFI DDS FUNCTION GENERATOR
(JUN 24)
Complete kit: Includes the PCB and everything that mounts to it,
including the 49.9Ω and 75Ω resistors (see page 38, May24)
ESP-32CAM BACKPACK KIT (SC6886)
$95.00
$7.50
$35.00
(MAY 24)
$40.00
(APR 24)
Includes everything to build the BackPack, except the ESP32-CAM module
PICO GAMER KITS
$20.00
(MAY 24)
Short-form kit: includes everything except the case, USB cable, power supply,
labels and optional stand. The included Pico W is not programmed (SC6942)
- Optional laser-cut acrylic stand pieces (SC6932)
- 3.5in LCD touchscreen: also available separately (SC5062)
10MHz to 1MHz / 1Hz FREQUENCY DIVIDER (SC6881)
$100.00
$3.00
(JUN 24)
All kits come with the PCB and all onboard components (see page 81, June24)
- Adjustable SMD kit (SC6948)
- Adjustable TH kit (SC6949)
- Fixed TH kit – ZD3 & R1-R7 vary so are not included (SC6950)
(APR 24)
- SC6911: everything except the case & battery; RP2040+ is pre-programmed
- SC6912: the SC6911 kit, plus the LEDO 6060 resin case
- SC6913: the SC6911 kit, plus a dark grey/black resin case
- 3.2in LCD touchscreen: also available separately (SC6910)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
$42.50
$85.00
$125.00
$140.00
$30.00
Short-form kit: includes everything except the case; choice of front panel PCB for
Altronics H0190 or H0191. Picos are not programmed (see page 46, Mar24)
$65.00
Hard-to-get parts: includes the PCB, programmed micro, all other semiconductors
and the Fresnel lens bezels (SC6871)
$95.00
Current detection add-on: includes the AC-1010 current transformer,
(P)4KE15CA TVS and MCP6272-E/P op amp (SC6902)
$20.00
Includes the standard PCB (01110231) plus all onboard parts, as well as the
switches and mounting hardware. All that’s needed is a case, XLR connectors,
bezel LED and wiring (see page 35, Feb24)
- VGA PicoMite Version Kit: see page 52, January 2024 (SC6861)
- ps2x2pico Version Kit: see page 52, January 2024 (SC6864)
- 6-pin mini-DIN to mini-DIN cable, ~1m long. Two cables are required
if adapting both the keyboard and mouse (SC6869)
- Control Module kit: see page 68, December 2023 (SC6793)
- Volume Module kit: see page 69, December 2023 (SC6794)
- OLED Module kit: see page 69, December 2023 (SC6795)
- 0.96in SSD1306 cyan OLED (SC6176)
*Prices valid for month of magazine issue only. All prices in Australian dollars and include GST where applicable. # Overseas? Place an order on our website for a quote.
$30.00
$32.50
$10.00
- Receiver short-form kit: see page 43, December 2023 (SC6835)
- Discrete transmitter complete kit: see page 43, December 2023 (SC6836)
- Module transmitter short-form kit: see page 43, December 2023 (SC6837)
- 28mm square spade: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6850)
- 21mm square pin: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6851)
- 5mm pitch SIL: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6852)
- Mini SOT-23: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6853)
- D2PAK SMD: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6854)
- TO-220 through-hole: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6855)
$70.00
$50.00
$55.00
$25.00
$10.00
$35.00
$20.00
$15.00
$30.00
$30.00
$30.00
$25.00
$35.00
$45.00
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS & CASE PIECES
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
REMOTE CONTROL RANGE EXTENDER UHF-TO-IR
↳ IR-TO-UHF
6-CHANNEL LOUDSPEAKER PROTECTOR
↳ 4-CHANNEL
FAN CONTROLLER & LOUDSPEAKER PROTECTOR
DUAL HYBRID POWER SUPPLY SET (2 REGULATORS)
↳ REGULATOR
↳ FRONT PANEL
↳ CPU
↳ LCD ADAPTOR
↳ ACRYLIC LCD BEZEL
RASPBERRY PI PICO BACKPACK
AMPLIFIER CLIPPING DETECTOR
CAPACITOR DISCHARGE WELDER POWER SUPPLY
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ ENERGY STORAGE MODULE (ESM) PCB
500W AMPLIFIER
MODEL RAILWAY SEMAPHORE CONTROL PCB
↳ SIGNAL FLAG (RED)
AM-FM DDS SIGNAL GENERATOR
SLOT MACHINE
HIGH-POWER BUCK-BOOST LED DRIVER
ARDUINO PROGRAMMABLE LOAD
SPECTRAL SOUND MIDI SYNTHESISER
REV. UNIVERSAL BATTERY CHARGE CONTROLLER
VGA PICOMITE
SECURE REMOTE MAINS SWITCH RECEIVER
↳ TRANSMITTER (1.0MM THICKNESS)
MULTIMETER CALIBRATOR
110dB RF ATTENUATOR
WIDE-RANGE OHMMETER
WiFi PROGRAMMABLE DC LOAD MAIN PCB
↳ DAUGHTER BOARD
↳ CONTROL BOARD
MINI LED DRIVER
NEW GPS-SYNCHRONISED ANALOG CLOCK
BUCK/BOOST CHARGER ADAPTOR
AUTO TRAIN CONTROLLER
↳ TRAIN CHUFF SOUND GENERATOR
PIC16F18xxx BREAKOUT BOARD (DIP-VERSION)
↳ SOIC-VERSION
AVR64DD32 BREAKOUT BOARD
LC METER MK3
↳ ADAPTOR BOARD
DC TRANSIENT SUPPLY FILTER
TINY LED ICICLE (WHITE)
DUAL-CHANNEL BREADBOARD PSU
↳ DISPLAY BOARD
DIGITAL BOOST REGULATOR
ACTIVE MONITOR SPEAKERS POWER SUPPLY
PICO W BACKPACK
Q METER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
NOUGHTS & CROSSES COMPUTER GAME BOARD
↳ COMPUTE BOARD
ACTIVE MAINS SOFT STARTER
ADVANCED SMD TEST TWEEZERS SET
DIGITAL VOLUME CONTROL POT (SMD VERSION)
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
MODEL RAILWAY TURNTABLE CONTROL PCB
↳ CONTACT PCB (GOLD-PLATED)
WIDEBAND FUEL MIXTURE DISPLAY (BLUE)
TEST BENCH SWISS ARMY KNIFE (BLUE)
SILICON CHIRP CRICKET
GPS DISCIPLINED OSCILLATOR
SONGBIRD (RED, GREEN, PURPLE or YELLOW)
DUAL RF AMPLIFIER (GREEN or BLUE)
LOUDSPEAKER TESTING JIG
BASIC RF SIGNAL GENERATOR (AD9834)
↳ FRONT PANEL
V6295 VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT PCB SET
DYNAMIC RFID / NFC TAG (SMALL, PURPLE)
↳ NFC TAG (LARGE, BLACK)
DATE
JAN22
JAN22
JAN22
JAN22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
MAR22
MAR22
MAR22
MAR22
MAR22
APR22
APR22
APR22
MAY22
MAY22
JUN22
JUN22
JUN22
JUN22
JUL22
JUL22
JUL22
JUL22
JUL22
AUG22
SEP22
SEP22
SEP22
SEP22
SEP22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
NOV22
NOV22
NOV22
NOV22
DEC22
DEC22
DEC22
DEC22
JAN23
JAN23
JAN23
JAN23
JAN23
FEB23
FEB23
MAR23
MAR23
MAR23
MAR23
APR23
APR23
APR23
MAY23
MAY23
MAY23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUL23
JUL23
PCB CODE
15109211
15109212
01101221
01101222
01102221
SC6204
18107211
18107212
01106193
01106196
SC6309
07101221
01112211
29103221
29103222
29103223
01107021
09103221
09103222
CSE211002
08105221
16103221
04105221
01106221
04107192
07107221
10109211
10109212
04107221
CSE211003
04109221
04108221
04108222
18104212
16106221
19109221
14108221
09109221
09109222
24110222
24110225
24110223
CSE220503C
CSE200603
08108221
16111192
04112221
04112222
24110224
01112221
07101221
CSE220701
CSE220704
08111221
08111222
10110221
SC6658
01101231
01101232
09103231
09103232
05104231
04110221
08101231
04103231
08103231
CSE220602A
04106231
CSE221001
CSE220902B
18105231/2
06101231
06101232
Price
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$25.00
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$25.00
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$12.50
$12.50
$10.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$10.00
$10.00
$5.00
$5.00
$4.00
$2.50
$12.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$1.50
$4.00
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/8
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
RECIPROCAL FREQUENCY COUNTER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
PI PICO-BASED THERMAL CAMERA
MODEL RAILWAY UNCOUPLER
MOSFET VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT
ARDUINO ESR METER (STANDALONE VERSION)
↳ COMBINED VERSION WITH LC METER
WATERING SYSTEM CONTROLLER
CALIBRATED MEASUREMENT MICROPHONE (SMD)
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
SALAD BOWL SPEAKER CROSSOVER
PIC PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
REVISED 30V 2A BENCH SUPPLY MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL CONTROL PCB
↳ VOLTAGE INVERTER / DOUBLER
2M VHF CW/FM TEST GENERATOR
TQFP-32 PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
↳ TQFP-44
↳ TQFP-48
↳ TQFP-64
K-TYPE THERMOMETER / THERMOSTAT (SET; RED)
PICO AUDIO ANALYSER (BLACK)
MODEM / ROUTER WATCHDOG (BLUE)
DISCRETE MICROAMP LED FLASHER
MAGNETIC LEVITATION DEMONSTRATION
MULTI-CHANNEL VOLUME CONTROL: VOLUME PCB
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ OLED PCB
SECURE REMOTE SWITCH RECEIVER
↳ TRANSMITTER (MODULE VERSION)
↳ TRANSMITTER (DISCRETE VERSION
COIN CELL EMULATOR (BLACK)
IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER, 28mm SQUARE SPADE
↳ 21mm SQUARE PIN
↳ 5mm PITCH SIL
↳ MINI SOT-23
↳ STANDALONE D2PAK SMD
↳ STANDALONE TO-220 (70μm COPPER)
RASPBERRY PI CLOCK RADIO MAIN PCB
↳ DISPLAY PCB
KEYBOARD ADAPTOR (VGA PICOMITE)
↳ PS2X2PICO VERSION
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER
↳ EMBEDDED VERSION
RAILWAY POINTS CONTROLLER TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
LASER COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
PICO DIGITAL VIDEO TERMINAL
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0190 (BLACK)
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0191 (BLACK)
WII NUNCHUK RGB LIGHT DRIVER (BLACK)
ARDUINO FOR ARDUINIANS (PACK OF SIX PCBS)
↳ PROJECT 27 PCB
SKILL TESTER 9000
PICO GAMER
ESP32-CAM BACKPACK
WIFI DDS FUNCTION GENERATOR
10MHz to 1MHz / 1Hz FREQUENCY DIVIDER (BLUE)
FAN SPEED CONTROLLER MK2
ESR TEST TWEEZERS (SET OF FOUR, WHITE)
DC SUPPLY PROTECTOR (ADJUSTABLE SMD)
↳ ADJUSTABLE THROUGH-HOLE
↳ FIXED THROUGH-HOLE
USB-C SERIAL ADAPTOR (BLACK)
AUTOMATIC LQ METER MAIN
AUTOMATIC LQ METER FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
180-230V DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
DATE
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
SEP23
SEP23
SEP23
OCT22
SEP23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
APR24
APR24
APR24
MAY24
MAY24
MAY24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUL24
JUL24
JUL24
PCB CODE
CSE230101C
CSE230102
04105231
09105231
18106231
04106181
04106182
15110231
01108231
01108232
01109231
24105231
04105223
04105222
04107222
06107231
24108231
24108232
24108233
24108234
04108231/2
04107231
10111231
SC6868
SC6866
01111221
01111222
01111223
10109231
10109232
10109233
18101231
18101241
18101242
18101243
18101244
18101245
18101246
19101241
19101242
07111231
07111232
01110231
01110232
09101241
09101242
16102241
16102242
07112231
07112232
07112233
16103241
SC6903
SC6904
08101241
08104241
07102241
04104241
04112231
10104241
SC6963
08106241
08106242
08106243
24106241
CSE240203A
CSE240204A
11104241
Price
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$12.50
$2.50
$2.50
$10.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$3.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.00
$2.00
$2.00
$1.00
$3.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$20.00
$20.00
$7.50
$15.00
$10.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$15.00
STYLOCLONE (CASE VERSION)
↳ STANDALONE VERSION
DUAL MINI LED DICE (THROUGH-HOLE LEDs)
↳ SMD LEDs
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
23106241
23106242
08103241
08103242
$10.00
$12.50
$2.50
$2.50
NEW PCBs
We also sell the Silicon Chip PDFs on USB, RTV&H USB, Vintage Radio USB and more at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Send your email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Pico Gamer did not
work due to faulty part
I am building the Pico Gamer (April
2024; siliconchip.au/Article/16207)
as a present for my grandson on his
birthday this Sunday. I purchased the
PCB from you but sourced the other
parts myself. When I try to load the
firmware, there is no response from
Windows when plugging the cable in;
no virtual USB drive appears. I tried
holding down the BOOT button while
plugging it in.
I plugged in an old Pico, and a window opened. I’m using the cable I use
to back up my phone. I tried a different cable, but no go. I ordered another
RP2040-Plus to try. (J. R., Norco, California, USA)
● We got the RP2040-Plus modules
for our kits directly from Waveshare,
and they all worked fine straight away
when we programmed them for the
kits. It does seem like the RP2040-Plus
is faulty unless you have it plugged
into the Pico Gamer board and there
is a short on that board that prevents
it powering up.
Note: the reader got back to us a few
days later, stating: Success! After our
last email, I bought a cheap hot air
rework station from Amazon that was
delivered overnight. I also purchased a
new RP2040-Plus. I got up early Sunday, desoldered and replaced the Pico,
transferred the firmware, and was in
business at noon for the birthday party.
Substituting Bench
Supply transformer
In the parts list of the 30V 2A Bench
Supply (September & October 2023;
siliconchip.au/Series/403), you listed
a transformer from a store in Australia, but I live in New Zealand. I think
I have found a similar product available at Jaycar: MM2014. Is this a suitable replacement for the transformer?
Also, can the output current be
increased? The new transformer states
5A output, although the other one says
2.5A in the configuration described in
the issue. Thanks in advance. (J. N.,
via email)
● The Jaycar MM2014 has the same
ratings as the specified Altronics transformer in a slightly smaller physical
size. You could use it. Regarding transformer ratings, the VA specification
determines the current available. With
a 60VA rating, the MM2014 can provide 5A if the two 12V windings are
in parallel or 2.5A when the windings
are in series.
Since we are using the transformer
to provide 24V with the series windings in this power supply, the available current is 2.5A.
Increasing the Bench Supply’s output above its design figure of 2A would
require a larger transformer and possibly some changes to the circuit, such
as more or larger filter capacitors and
an adjustment to the current-limiting
threshold. These changes would also
mean a larger enclosure.
Substituting LM1085
regulator in GPSDO
I am building the GPS Disciplined
Oscillator project (GPSDO, May 2023;
siliconchip.au/Article/15781) but am
having problems finding the LM10855.0 regulators. I found a data sheet
for the OSC5A2B02 OCXO, which
100
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
specifies <600mA warm-up current
and <250mA ‘running’ current, so I
think an LM7805 (rated at 1A) could
be used.
Can I replace the LM1085-5.0 regulators above with a standard LM7805
and fit an LM7808 device instead of the
7.5V buck converter? That should give
enough headroom for the LM7805s to
operate correctly. (G. P., Narre Warren, Vic)
● It will probably work with 7805s
instead of the LM1085s. You could
keep the buck regulator for better
efficiency. We think the LM1085 was
chosen because it has better regulation and a less noisy output than the
7805.
LM1085s are available on websites
like eBay and AliExpress. Also, Altronics has the LM1084IT-5 (Cat Z0580),
which is similar to the LM1085-5.0.
Blender vs OpenSCAD
software
I noticed that Geoff Graham decided
to use Blender to design the case for
his Pico Gamer project from April
2024. I have been using OpenSCAD
for similar jobs, and I quite like it, but
it sometimes gets a bit of a chore, so I
wondered if Blender might be better.
I started by reading the documentation. Wow! I can’t believe so much
could be free. However, I couldn’t
work out how to use Blender to make
anything simple, like a basic case. Fortunately, you recommended this video
https://youtu.be/rN-HMVTB7nk – I
would have been lost without that. The
video is very good, verging on essential, and persuaded me that Blender is
an excellent product.
Modern software like Photoshop,
Altium Designer, and Blender seem
intended for experts who use them
often and love shortcuts. For me, this
sort of interface is not the least bit
ergonomic, and I feel I’m playing a
‘discover where the elf hid the goblet’ video game. The feature I want
is under some icon somewhere, but
‘somewhere’ is a very big place.
siliconchip.com.au
Worse, despite clever undo capabilities, many buttons open and close
windows and panels that persist even
after closing the program and opening it again.
I’ll use Photoshop as a suitably neutral example. I’d obviously touched
some hotkey I wasn’t aware of, and the
up/down scroll bar became unavailable for several days. Although I eventually discovered how to fix the problem, the solution was obscure!
Blender seems to have a similarly
clever interface, and I anticipate it
will be fraught with similar irritations. Consequently, I think I’ll persevere with OpenSCAD and its seemingly old-fashioned interface where
I type words that the software and I
both understand. I can include lots of
comments, too, especially for myself
tomorrow.
Do you have any preference for one
or the other? (K. A., Kingston, Tas)
● Geoff Graham documents his use
of Blender (for the Pico Gamer case)
on his website at https://geoffg.net/3D_
Printed_Cases.html
Our preference is for OpenSCAD.
If designing the case for the Pico
Gamer, we suspect that our OpenSCAD
version would end up being a bit less
stylish than Geoff’s!
That said, we are impressed by what
Blender can achieve. We have even
used both tools for the same design,
eg, exporting an STL from Blender into
OpenSCAD and modifying it further.
It’s certainly possible to start a design
in OpenSCAD and add some embellishments in Blender.
At its simplest, we would say that
OpenSCAD is better for precise,
engineering-type applications, while
Blender is better for animations and
more organic objects.
Like you, we also like the code-
programming interface, especially for
its ‘non-linear undo’ capabilities.
You might also want to look at
FreeCAD (www.freecad.org), which
falls between OpenSCAD and Blender
in terms of complexity. It really comes
down to ‘different strokes for different
folks’ and using what works for you.
And yes, we have the same UI frustrations as you: we’ll accidentally
press some key combination, and
something critical will disappear, with
no obvious way to get it back.
Let’s just say that modern graphical
user interface design leaves a lot to be
desired. Customisation is nice, but it
shouldn’t be required to make the program remotely usable. Also, there’s no
reason you can’t have plenty of keyboard shortcuts but still have the same
functions available graphically.
More questions on the
SC200 amplifier
Thanks for your advice in the July
2024 issue (“SC200 amplifier assembly questions”, p102). I am building
the SC200 as a dual-mono setup. I
will need two Loudspeaker Protection
kits, as I need to connect one to each
channel for the separate ‘AC Sense’
signals from the two power supplies.
Is that correct?
Also, each protection module’s ‘AC
Sense’ signal comes from the two AC
terminals on the 35A diode bridge
used in that channel’s power supply.
With the 35V-0-35V transformers I am
using, this AC sense voltage will be
about 70V AC. Is that correct?
I ‘plugged’ both amp modules into
one of the power supplies with protection resistors but both the red and
green LEDs illuminated during initial
testing. There is a 1V drop across the
The Pico Gamer
A PicoMite
powered ‘retro’
game console
packed with nine
games including
three inspired by
Pac-Man, Space
Invaders and Tetris.
With its inbuilt
rechargeable
battery and colour
3.2-inch LCD
screen, it will keep
you entertained for
many hours.
SC6912 | $125 + post | complete kit with white resin case*
Other Items for this project
SC6911 | $85 + post | complete kit without any case*
SC6913 | $140 + post | complete kit with a dark grey resin case*
* LiPo battery is not included
SC6909 | $10 + post | Pico Gamer PCB*
See the article in the April 2024 issue for more details: siliconchip.au/Article/16207
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
August 2024 101
Micromite LCD BackPack has started randomly rebooting
My Micromite-based Superhet IF Alignment device (September 2017; siliconchip.
au/Article/10799) has developed problems. No matter how it is set up or what
screen it is left on, it will eventually default to the sweep output screen with a range
of 450-455-460kHz and a level of 20 after one minute.
In the sweep output screen with frequencies other than the default (before the
minute is up), attempts to change any parameters by pressing the sweep screen
will cause a reboot. When it returns to the sweep output screen, the on-screen
controls are inactive, apart from the sine/triangle/square wave and sweep buttons
at the bottom of the screen.
Sinewave parameters can be set and will be reflected in the sweep output screen
until it ‘reboots’. Triangle wave parameters can be set, but the level resets to 20
and frequency resets to 455kHz after the ‘reboot’. The square wave level cannot be
changed, but the frequency resets to 455kHz after the default to sweep the output
screen. The sweep parameters can be changed.
The individual mode functions are on frequency and perform normally until it
‘reboots’. I have checked all of the connections and they appear secure. The problem
does not vary with different USB power supplies.
I wonder if I have zapped it somehow. Can you please suggest which module
and/or component of the unit may be responsible? (G. B., Corrimal, NSW)
● It sounds like the microcontroller is randomly rebooting. We suggest you
check the soldering of the three higher-value (10μF+) capacitors plus the two
100nF capacitors closest to IC1. Also check the soldering of REG1 and IC1. If IC1
is socketed, try unplugging it (careful not to bend the pins) and then re-inserting it
in case the contacts have become oxidised.
If the soldering looks OK, replace the capacitor typically marked as 47μF (it may
be a lower value like 22μF or 10μF). That capacitor is critical to the stability of the
microcontroller. If that doesn’t help, replace the other two 10μF capacitors. If it’s still
acting up, it seems likely that IC1 has been damaged and will need to be replaced.
68W resistors on the positive rails of
both amp boards and an approximate
700mV drop across the resistors on
the negative rails. Does that seem OK?
As no smoke or heat was coming
from the modules, I forged ahead.
With the fuses and safety resistors still
attached, only the green LEDs illuminated, as expected.
Rotating VR1 clockwise does cause a
rise in voltage across the resistors, but
very slowly. Adjusting VR2, I got the
offset voltage across the outputs very
close to 0mV. From this, I feel that the
modules are working correctly.
Not being an electronics engineer,
I thought the substituted transistors
(TTA004B for KSA1220 and TTC004B
for KSC2690) might have caused the
slightly different behaviour. I am only
measuring a 70mV drop across the
68W resistors in place of the fuses. The
article says to expect just under a 1V
drop, like when the resistors are in the
power rails (I did get that).
When I turned VR1 clockwise, the
voltage drop increased, but only to
100mV after a few turns. There are no
smells, smoke or heat, though.
I realise the output transistors are
not matched, so I expect a variance
between their sharing of the load current. My test results for both boards are
shown below. Do you see any problem
with them? It is mentioned in the article that if the reading between TP7/
TP5 is above 5mV, readjust it to bring
it back ‘below this figure’.
As you can see, both boards are at
4.4mV between TP7/TP5 and very
close between TP7/TP3. However,
the readings are slightly higher for the
PNP output transistors at 5.1-5.3mV.
Should I try to lower these values? (S.
W., via email)
Left
Right
TP3
4.7mV
4.3mV
TP4
5.2mV
5.1mV
TP5
4.4mV
4.4mV
TP6
5.3mV
5.1mV
● Yes, if you have separate power
supplies with separate mains switches,
you will need two speaker protectors.
We are unsure which speaker protector design you are using, but the
November 2015 article on the Universal Loudspeaker Protector has a wiring diagram on page 69 (siliconchip.
au/Article/9398).
You only wire the AC Sense terminal to one of the transformer secondaries, so it will have 35V AC applied,
not 70V AC.
With the fuses out, the only path for
current to flow to the output stage will
be via the red LEDs, so they will light.
That small current will probably be
enough to raise the output stage supply
rails by a few volts, lighting the green
LEDs. So you are right that both will
likely light with the fuses out. With the
fuses or safety resistors in, we expect
only the green LEDs to light.
WARNING!
Silicon Chip magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such projects
should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried
out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC
voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high voltages,
you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages should anyone
be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of Silicon Chip magazine.
Devices or circuits described in Silicon Chip may be covered by patents. Silicon Chip disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. Silicon Chip also disclaims any liability for projects
which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Competition & Consumer Act 2010 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
102
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Advertise your product or services here in Silicon Chip
KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR
FOR SALE
DAVE THOMPSON
(the Serviceman
from Silicon Chip)
is available to help
you with kit assembly, project troubleshooting, general
electronics and custom design work.
No job too small. Based in Christchurch, New Zealand, but service available Australia/NZ wide.
Email dave<at>davethompson.co.nz
LEDsales
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith: 0409 662 794
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
FOR SALE
LEDs and accessories
for the DIY enthusiast
LEDS, BRAND NAME AND GENERIC
LEDs, filament LEDs, LED drivers,
heatsinks, power supplies, kits and
modules, components, breadboards,
hardware, magnets.
Please visit www.ledsales.com.au
PMD WAY offers (almost) everything
for the electronics enthusiast – with
full warranty, technical support and free
delivery worldwide. Visit pmdway.com
to get started.
PCB PRODUCTION
Lazer Security
PCB MANUFACTURE: single to multilayer. Bare board tested. One-offs to
any quantity. 48 hour service. Artwork
design. Excellent prices. Check out our
specials: www.ldelectronics.com.au
WE OFFER KITS, LEDs, LED assemblies
and all sorts of quality electronic
components, through-hole and SMD,
at very competitive prices. Check out
the latest deals at www.lazer.com.au
For Quality That Counts...
ADVERTISING IN MARKET CENTRE
Classified Ad Rates: $32.00 for up to 20 words (punctuation not charged) plus $1.20 for each additional word. Display ads in
Market Centre (minimum 2cm deep, maximum 10cm deep): $82.50 per column centimetre per insertion. All prices include GST.
Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your name, address
& credit card details, or phone (02) 9939 3295.
Your 0.7-1.0V readings across the
safety resistors is good, as is the fact
that it increases slowly as you rotate
VR1 clockwise. That, combined with
the low output offset voltage, makes it
very likely that the modules are working correctly.
Those substitute transistors have
specifications that are very close to
the originals and should not cause
any problems. The substitution was
necessary as one of the originals is no
longer made/available.
Once the resistors are moved to the
fuse locations, the voltage drop across
them only depends on the output stage
current, not the total module current.
Since the initial bias is so low, the output stage is drawing almost no current,
hence the low voltage drop readings at
first. That probably should have been
explained in the article.
siliconchip.com.au
Yes, there will be a slight variation
in the current sharing. That’s part of
the reason for the emitter resistors;
they help to reduce the variation. Your
measurements are fine, and we would
not bother to make any further adjustments as long as the bias currents don’t
keep increasing over time as the module warms up (thermal feedback).
With the readings between 4mV
and 6mV, you should get performance
pretty much identical to the published
graphs, and as long as the voltages are
not creeping up, there is no risk of thermal runaway.
Appliance Energy
Meter voltage is wrong
I built the Appliance Energy Meter
(August-October 2016; siliconchip.au/
Series/302) and much of it works fine.
Australia's electronics magazine
The Micromite display comes on and
I can set clock time. At first, I could
calibrate the AC voltage readings to
match the mains, but now I am unable
to do that. I have checked voltages at
various points as given on the circuit
diagram and all check out except some
around IC4 (the ACS718).
I measure 4.87V at pin 10, 2.47V
at pin 12 and 0V at pin 15. Pin 15 is
shown as Vcc and should give 5V. I
can measure 5V up to the 56kW resistor but not beyond. I can see the PCB
track from pin 15 connecting to Earth
at the end of the 2.2kW resistor.
What am I missing here? Is the
PCB faulty? If the 5V rail connected
to Earth, I would think none of the
other positive rail points would show
a voltage. I have built many projects
over many decades (back to Radio, TV
continued on page 104
August 2024 103
Advertising Index
Altronics.................................23-26
Blackmagic Design....................... 7
Dave Thompson........................ 103
DigiKey Electronics....................... 3
Emona Instruments.................. IBC
Hare & Forbes............................. 11
Jaycar............................. IFC, 51-54
Keith Rippon Kit Assembly....... 103
Lazer Security........................... 103
LD Electronics........................... 103
LEDsales................................... 103
Melbourne Society of Model &
Experimental Engineers............. 37
Microchip Technology.............OBC
Mouser Electronics....................... 4
PCBWay......................................... 9
PMD Way................................... 103
Silicon Chip ESR Tweezers....... 61
Silicon Chip PDFs on USB......... 77
Silicon Chip Pico Gamer......... 101
Silicon Chip Shop.................98-99
The Loudspeaker Kit.com.......... 97
Wagner Electronics....................... 8
Notes and Errata
WiFi DDS Function Generator, May
& June 2024: errors on the PCB
cause Button A to start channel
B and Button B to have no effect,
while LED T/Trig Out is shorted to
ground. The two tracks currently
going to pins 22 and 23 (GP17 and
GND) of MOD1 should be cut and
re-routed to pins 21 & 22 (GP16
and GP17), respectively. Also, both
tracks currently going to pin 33
(AGND) need to be re-routed to
pin 32 (GP27). Finally, in the parts
list, diode D2 should be listed as
a 1N5819, not 1N5189 (the diode
supplied in the kit is correct).
Next Issue: the September 2024
issue is due on sale in newsagents
by Thursday, August 29th. Expect
postal delivery of subscription
copies in Australia between August
26th and September 13th.
104
Silicon Chip
& Hobbies) but I admit this is one of
the technically most complex I have
done even though the construction
was straightforward. (E. G., St Kilda,
Vic)
● We are not sure how this happened but the revised circuit diagram
is wrong. According to the data sheet,
pin 15 of the ACS718 should be connected to GND. Vcc is pin 10; there is
no FILTER pin on this part. So the PCB
connections are correct. The ACS718
is not involved in voltage measurements anyway, only current measurements. We have corrected the circuit
in the online edition.
The mains voltage is monitored via
transformer T1, op amp IC3a and ADC
IC2. The output from T1 should be
approximately 12V AC. The junction
of the 22kW/2.2kW divider should be
just above 1V AC, and pin 3 of IC3a
should measure a similar AC voltage
but with a 2.5V DC bias.
If measuring these with mains
power applied, please be very careful
to keep away from all the other components and mains wiring and use a
multimeter with insulated probes and
a suitable voltage rating.
Alternative for FR607
fast recovery diode
I’m hoping you can suggest a
replacement for FR607 6A 1000V fast
recovery diode used in Li’l Pulser Mk.2
(July 2013; siliconchip.au/Series/178).
I did some research but couldn’t find
one with similar specs. Jaycar sells a
pack of 10 FR607s but I only need one.
(P. C., Croydon, Vic)
● You could use the MBR20100CT
(Jaycar ZR1039, available separately
rather than in a pack of 10). It is a
different package (TO220 instead of
the DO-201 axial leaded FR607). You
could wire it up using tinned copper
wire with the two outside pins joined
as the anode and the centre pin or tab
as the cathode.
Ensure the device is mounted so it
can’t short to other components. Covering in heatshrink tubing or securing
it with neutral-cure silicone would
achieve that.
Alternative to 10-turn
potentiometers
Is there any way to make a single-turn
potentiometer act like a 10-turn pot?
Also, Jaycar has discontinued the
Australia's electronics magazine
MCP1703T-5002E/CB regulator you
used in the Versatimer/Switch (June
2011; siliconchip.au/Article/1038). Is
it possible to bypass the regulator and
use a 7805 or 78L05? I understand the
current draw will increase. Keep up
the good work with the magazine. (R.
M., Melville, WA)
● 6:1 reduction drives are available
but it is almost certainly cheaper and
easier to just use a 10-turn pot. See
www.nationalrf.com/reduction.htm
Yes you could use a different 5V
regulator for the Versatimer/Switch
as long as you take care connecting
it correctly to the PCB for the input,
GND and output connections. Yes,
the low standby current feature will
be lost if using one of those regulators. Different regulators may require
extra capacitance at the input and or
output. Check the data sheet for the
regulator you use.
Using Touch Lamp
Dimmer with LED bulbs
I built the Touch Lamp Dimmer from
the June 1989 issue (siliconchip.au/
Article/7459) for both my bedroom
and lounge. When suitable LED lamps
became available, I was able to continue using the Dimmer in on/off only
mode by retaining two 28W halogen
bulbs in each room.
Replacing the halogen bulbs is
becoming a bit tedious, so I wanted
to use a fixed capacitive or resistive
load instead.
I searched the internet, but it
appears no one has published instructions on calculating the required load.
The 5.5W LED lamps draw 22.4mA,
while the 28W halogen lamps draw
123.8mA each. There are two halogens
in each of the 12 lamps in the lounge
and the 7 in the bedroom.
Many thanks for your help. I have
been collecting and reading your magazine since the beginning.
● It is not terribly practical to use
resistors since the value required to
draw the same current as one halogen
bulb is 1.8kW, resulting in a dissipation of 32W. So, a 50W-rated resistor
would be required, mounted on a large
heatsink.
You might consider instead replacing the dimmer with the Versatile
Trailing Edge Dimmer with Touch
Plate & IR (February & March 2019;
siliconchip.au/Series/332), as it is
compatible with LED lamps.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
“Rigol Offer Australia’s Best
Value Test Instruments”
New
2024
Products
Oscilloscopes
New
12Bit
Scopes
RIGOL DS-1000Z/E - FREE OPTIONS
RIGOL DHO Series
RIGOL MSO-5000 Series
450MHz to 200MHz, 2/4 Ch
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
424Mpts Standard Memory Depth
470MHz to 800MHz, 2/4 Ch
412Bit Vertical Resolution
4Ultra Low Noise Floor
470MHz to 350MHz, 2 Ch & 4Ch
48GS/s Real Time Sampling
4Up to 200Mpts Memory Depth
FROM $
499
FROM $
ex GST
659
FROM $
ex GST
1,489
Multimeters
Function/Arbitrary Function Generators
New
Product
New
Product
RIGOL DG-800/900 Pro Series
RIGOL DG-1000Z Series
RIGOL DM-858/E
425MHz to 200MHz, 1/2 Ch
416Bit, Up to 1.25GS/s
47” Colour Touch Screen
425MHz, 30MHz & 60MHz
42 Output Channels
4160 In-Built Waveforms
45 1/2 Digits
47” Colour Touch Screen
4USB & LAN
FROM $
713
FROM $
ex GST
Power Supplies
ex GST
725
FROM $
ex GST
Spectrum Analysers
689
ex GST
Real-Time Analysers
New
Product
RIGOL DP-932E
RIGOL DSA Series
RIGOL RSA Series
4Triple Output 2 x 32V/3A & 6V/3A
43 Electrically Isolated Channels
4Internal Series/Parallel Operation
4500MHz to 7.5GHz
4RBW settable down to 10 Hz
4Optional Tracking Generator
41.5GHz to 6.5GHz
4Modes: Real Time, Swept, VSA & EMI
4Optional Tracking Generator
ONLY $
849
FROM $
ex GST
1,321
FROM $
ex GST
3,210
ex GST
Buy on-line at www.emona.com.au/rigol
Sydney
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 02 9550 1378
Melbourne
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3392 7170
Fax 07 3848 9046
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
EMONA
|